US20200346213A1 - Devices and methods for the detection of molecules using a flow cell - Google Patents
Devices and methods for the detection of molecules using a flow cell Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20200346213A1 US20200346213A1 US16/891,575 US202016891575A US2020346213A1 US 20200346213 A1 US20200346213 A1 US 20200346213A1 US 202016891575 A US202016891575 A US 202016891575A US 2020346213 A1 US2020346213 A1 US 2020346213A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- reagent
- housing
- actuator
- detection
- sample
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 312
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title abstract description 92
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 413
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 360
- 108091093088 Amplicon Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 71
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 33
- 230000001376 precipitating effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 13
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 claims description 110
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 claims description 110
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 claims description 93
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 claims description 67
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 48
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims description 45
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 45
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 claims description 31
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 abstract description 76
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 abstract description 20
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 82
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 75
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 67
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 59
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 48
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 40
- 230000002934 lysing effect Effects 0.000 description 40
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 32
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 27
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 23
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 22
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 21
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 20
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 19
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 17
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 17
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 17
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 17
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000012723 sample buffer Substances 0.000 description 13
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 description 12
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000012149 elution buffer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 8
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 241000606153 Chlamydia trachomatis Species 0.000 description 7
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 7
- 241000588652 Neisseria gonorrhoeae Species 0.000 description 7
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229940038705 chlamydia trachomatis Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000012549 training Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 7
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000711549 Hepacivirus C Species 0.000 description 6
- 241001502974 Human gammaherpesvirus 8 Species 0.000 description 6
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 241000224527 Trichomonas vaginalis Species 0.000 description 6
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 241000193830 Bacillus <bacterium> Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000709661 Enterovirus Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 5
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 5
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 5
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 5
- QRXMUCSWCMTJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-L (5-bromo-4-chloro-1h-indol-3-yl) phosphate Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C(Cl)=C2C(OP([O-])(=O)[O-])=CNC2=C1 QRXMUCSWCMTJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 241000607620 Aliivibrio fischeri Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000711573 Coronaviridae Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000709687 Coxsackievirus Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000700721 Hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000701085 Human alphaherpesvirus 3 Species 0.000 description 4
- 238000007397 LAMP assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000713112 Orthobunyavirus Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000700647 Variola virus Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000710772 Yellow fever virus Species 0.000 description 4
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 4
- 229940051021 yellow-fever virus Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 241000203069 Archaea Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000589968 Borrelia Species 0.000 description 3
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000606161 Chlamydia Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000725619 Dengue virus Species 0.000 description 3
- 206010014611 Encephalitis venezuelan equine Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000991587 Enterovirus C Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000711950 Filoviridae Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000710831 Flavivirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000709721 Hepatovirus A Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000701806 Human papillomavirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000829111 Human polyomavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000701460 JC polyomavirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000589248 Legionella Species 0.000 description 3
- 208000007764 Legionnaires' Disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000016604 Lyme disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000712899 Lymphocytic choriomeningitis mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000829100 Macaca mulatta polyomavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 3
- 241001136170 Neisseria subflava Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000714209 Norwalk virus Species 0.000 description 3
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000709664 Picornaviridae Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000714474 Rous sarcoma virus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000710799 Rubella virus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000315672 SARS coronavirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000589886 Treponema Species 0.000 description 3
- 208000002687 Venezuelan Equine Encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 201000009145 Venezuelan equine encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000711975 Vesicular stomatitis virus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000710886 West Nile virus Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011901 isothermal amplification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 3
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 241000712461 unidentified influenza virus Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000013022 venting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011534 wash buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 2
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HSTOKWSFWGCZMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3'-diaminobenzidine Chemical compound C1=C(N)C(N)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(N)C(N)=C1 HSTOKWSFWGCZMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000712891 Arenavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000228212 Aspergillus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001302800 Beak and feather disease virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701822 Bovine papillomavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000589562 Brucella Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000589876 Campylobacter Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001467055 Caviid betaherpesvirus 2 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001502567 Chikungunya virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000193403 Clostridium Species 0.000 description 2
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000709675 Coxsackievirus B3 Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000000307 Crimean Hemorrhagic Fever Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000003075 Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000712471 Dhori virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241001115402 Ebolavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000725630 Ectromelia virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000588914 Enterobacter Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000194033 Enterococcus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000194032 Enterococcus faecalis Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010066919 Epidemic polyarthritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000190598 Flexal mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000190708 Guanarito mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000150562 Hantaan orthohantavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000590002 Helicobacter pylori Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000700739 Hepadnaviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701074 Human alphaherpesvirus 2 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701041 Human betaherpesvirus 7 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000342334 Human metapneumovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000702617 Human parvovirus B19 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000555269 Ippy mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701372 Iridovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000710842 Japanese encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000712890 Junin mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001466978 Kyasanur forest disease virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000713102 La Crosse virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000712902 Lassa mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000190596 Latino mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000712898 Machupo mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000555688 Malassezia furfur Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001115401 Marburgvirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000712079 Measles morbillivirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000351643 Metapneumovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108700011259 MicroRNAs Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000555271 Mobala mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000700627 Monkeypox virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000712897 Mopeia mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000711386 Mumps virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000186367 Mycobacterium avium Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000186362 Mycobacterium leprae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000187479 Mycobacterium tuberculosis Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000204031 Mycoplasma Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012807 PCR reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000002606 Paramyxoviridae Infections Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000190594 Parana mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000712910 Pichinde mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001505332 Polyomavirus sp. Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000710884 Powassan virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000711798 Rabies lyssavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000702263 Reovirus sp. Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000606701 Rickettsia Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000713124 Rift Valley fever virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000710942 Ross River virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000702670 Rotavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000710960 Sindbis virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000710888 St. Louis encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000712908 Tacaribe mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000190592 Tamiami mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000710771 Tick-borne encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000223104 Trypanosoma Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000607598 Vibrio Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000710951 Western equine encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000607734 Yersinia <bacteria> Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000004436 artificial bacterial chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000001106 artificial yeast chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000881 depressing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- -1 for example Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- QRMZSPFSDQBLIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N homovanillic acid Chemical compound COC1=CC(CC(O)=O)=CC=C1O QRMZSPFSDQBLIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003116 impacting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003292 kidney cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000009533 lab test Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002032 lab-on-a-chip Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000003032 molecular docking Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108091027963 non-coding RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000042567 non-coding RNA Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001902 propagating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 201000010740 swine influenza Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000005382 thermal cycling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 2
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- GEYOCULIXLDCMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-phenylenediamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1N GEYOCULIXLDCMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PKYCWFICOKSIHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(3,7-dihydroxyphenoxazin-10-yl)ethanone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2N(C(=O)C)C3=CC=C(O)C=C3OC2=C1 PKYCWFICOKSIHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UAIUNKRWKOVEES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3',5,5'-tetramethylbenzidine Chemical compound CC1=C(N)C(C)=CC(C=2C=C(C)C(N)=C(C)C=2)=C1 UAIUNKRWKOVEES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HRNGDAQBEIFYGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dihydroxy-4-tetradeca-3,6-dienoyloxybutanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC=CCC=CCC(=O)OC(O)C(O)CC(O)=O HRNGDAQBEIFYGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HQFLTUZKIRYQSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethyl-2h-1,3-benzothiazole-6-sulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C2N(CC)CSC2=C1 HQFLTUZKIRYQSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YRNWIFYIFSBPAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]-n,n-dimethylaniline Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 YRNWIFYIFSBPAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r)-6-amino-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1CCC(N)(CC1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OXEUETBFKVCRNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-ethyl-3-carbazolamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=C2N(CC)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 OXEUETBFKVCRNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000589291 Acinetobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588626 Acinetobacter baumannii Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186046 Actinomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186041 Actinomyces israelii Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000009663 Acute Necrotizing Pancreatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000710929 Alphavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000190711 Amapari mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710189 Aphthovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907515 Apoi virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000565310 Aquareovirus A Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712892 Arenaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000796533 Arna Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000238421 Arthropoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010003445 Ascites Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001533362 Astroviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000829156 Aves polyomavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711404 Avian avulavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000223836 Babesia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193738 Bacillus anthracis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193410 Bacillus atrophaeus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000907523 Bagaza virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001536481 Banzi virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710946 Barmah Forest virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606660 Bartonella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000335423 Blastomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000228405 Blastomyces dermatitidis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000120506 Bluetongue virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588807 Bordetella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588832 Bordetella pertussis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589969 Borreliella burgdorferi Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907510 Bouboui virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000886138 Bovine atadenovirus D Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589567 Brucella abortus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001509299 Brucella canis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001148106 Brucella melitensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001148111 Brucella suis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907516 Bukalasa bat virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001493154 Bunyamwera virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001260012 Bursa Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000027312 Bursal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000907338 Cacipacore virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001493160 California encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001137864 Camelpox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589875 Campylobacter jejuni Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000178270 Canarypox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000222120 Candida <Saccharomycetales> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000222122 Candida albicans Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712083 Canine morbillivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701931 Canine parvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000710190 Cardiovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907522 Carey Island virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241001428800 Cell fusing agent virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000659008 Chapare mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000725585 Chicken anemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001647372 Chlamydia pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001647378 Chlamydia psittaci Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001533384 Circovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193163 Clostridioides difficile Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193155 Clostridium botulinum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193468 Clostridium perfringens Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193449 Clostridium tetani Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000223203 Coccidioides Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000223205 Coccidioides immitis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000204955 Colorado tick fever virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702669 Coltivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000186216 Corynebacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186227 Corynebacterium diphtheriae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907509 Cowbone Ridge virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700626 Cowpox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699800 Cricetinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000150230 Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever orthonairovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000938605 Crocodylia Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000007336 Cryptococcosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001337994 Cryptococcus <scale insect> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000221204 Cryptococcus neoformans Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000089 Cyclic olefin copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004713 Cyclic olefin copolymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001208518 Cypovirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-mannomethylose Natural products CC1OC(O)C(O)C(O)C1O SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000907513 Dakar bat virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000187845 Dermatophilus congolensis Species 0.000 description 1
- SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Digoxigenin Natural products C1CC(C2C(C3(C)CCC(O)CC3CC2)CC2O)(O)C2(C)C1C1=CC(=O)OC1 SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000725618 Duck hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000149824 Dugbe orthonairovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710945 Eastern equine encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001466953 Echovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000709643 Echovirus E9 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907511 Edge Hill virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010067770 Endopeptidase K Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000907514 Entebbe bat virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588697 Enterobacter cloacae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194031 Enterococcus faecium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000709691 Enterovirus E Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001480035 Epidermophyton Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186811 Erysipelothrix Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186810 Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588722 Escherichia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701959 Escherichia virus Lambda Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001302129 Fiji disease virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710781 Flaviviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001411198 Fowl aviadenovirus A Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700662 Fowlpox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589601 Francisella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589602 Francisella tularensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001208403 Frog siadenovirus A Species 0.000 description 1
- PNNNRSAQSRJVSB-SLPGGIOYSA-N Fucose Natural products C[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)C=O PNNNRSAQSRJVSB-SLPGGIOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000605986 Fusobacterium nucleatum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000531123 GB virus C Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907343 Gadgets Gully virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001112691 Goatpox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282575 Gorilla Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000606790 Haemophilus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606768 Haemophilus influenzae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589989 Helicobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000893570 Hendra henipavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711557 Hepacivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000724675 Hepatitis E virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001529916 Hepatitis GB virus B Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000037262 Hepatitis delta Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000724709 Hepatitis delta virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000709715 Hepatovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001136039 Heron hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700586 Herpesviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000228402 Histoplasma Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000487062 Histoplasma capsulatum var. capsulatum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001272567 Hominoidea Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000598436 Human T-cell lymphotropic virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714260 Human T-lymphotropic virus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714259 Human T-lymphotropic virus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000598171 Human adenovirus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001479210 Human astrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701024 Human betaherpesvirus 5 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000046923 Human bocavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699727 Human echovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001207270 Human enterovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701027 Human herpesvirus 6 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000620571 Human mastadenovirus A Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001545456 Human mastadenovirus B Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000620147 Human mastadenovirus C Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000886679 Human mastadenovirus D Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000886703 Human mastadenovirus E Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000886705 Human mastadenovirus F Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711920 Human orthopneumovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001238082 Idnoreovirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000609530 Ilheus virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712431 Influenza A virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907506 Israel turkey meningoencephalomyelitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907342 Jugra virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907512 Jutiapa virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907327 Kadam virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701646 Kappapapillomavirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907518 Karshi virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907328 Kedougou virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588748 Klebsiella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588915 Klebsiella aerogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588747 Klebsiella pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000178323 Kokobera virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000178324 Koutango virus Species 0.000 description 1
- SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-DHVFOXMCSA-N L-fucopyranose Chemical compound C[C@@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-DHVFOXMCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000710770 Langat virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589242 Legionella pneumophila Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000222722 Leishmania <genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713666 Lentivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589902 Leptospira Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589929 Leptospira interrogans Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000144128 Lichtheimia corymbifera Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186781 Listeria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186779 Listeria monocytogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710769 Louping ill virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001573276 Lujo mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000609846 Lumpy skin disease virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701076 Macacine alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000555676 Malassezia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001042466 Mammalian orthoreovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000608292 Mayaro virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001492366 Meaban virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000893980 Microsporum canis Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020005196 Mitochondrial DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000907337 Modoc virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700560 Molluscum contagiosum virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907325 Montana myotis leukoencephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588771 Morganella <proteobacterium> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713333 Mouse mammary tumor virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711408 Murine respirovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710908 Murray Valley encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186359 Mycobacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001467553 Mycobacterium africanum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186366 Mycobacterium bovis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000187484 Mycobacterium gordonae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186364 Mycobacterium intracellulare Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186363 Mycobacterium kansasii Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000187917 Mycobacterium ulcerans Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000202934 Mycoplasma pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001238110 Mycoreovirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700562 Myxoma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000893976 Nannizzia gypsea Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710765 Negishi virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588653 Neisseria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588650 Neisseria meningitidis Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010029260 Neuroblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000526636 Nipah henipavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907507 Ntaya virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000146363 Oliveros mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000725177 Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702259 Orbivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700635 Orf virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000150452 Orthohantavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712464 Orthomyxoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000150218 Orthonairovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700629 Orthopoxvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010058096 Pancreatic necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000588912 Pantoea agglomerans Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001631646 Papillomaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001537205 Paracoccidioides Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000526686 Paracoccidioides brasiliensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711504 Paramyxoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701945 Parvoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010034133 Pathogen resistance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000682990 Pegivirus A Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000150350 Peribunyaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710778 Pestivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713137 Phlebovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000908523 Phnom Penh bat virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000009188 Phyllostachys vivax Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700667 Pigeonpox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000245926 Pirital mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091007412 Piwi-interacting RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000224016 Plasmodium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000223960 Plasmodium falciparum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000223821 Plasmodium malariae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010035501 Plasmodium malariae infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010035502 Plasmodium ovale infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002151 Pleural effusion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001631648 Polyomaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000928435 Porcine circovirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001673669 Porcine circovirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000005585 Poxviridae Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010036790 Productive cough Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000588769 Proteus <enterobacteria> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000125945 Protoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588768 Providencia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000223596 Pseudallescheria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589516 Pseudomonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589517 Pseudomonas aeruginosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713126 Punta Toro virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700564 Rabbit fibroma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714203 Rabbit hemorrhagic disease virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001455645 Rabbitpox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700638 Raccoonpox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702247 Reoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000725643 Respiratory syncytial virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712907 Retroviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711931 Rhabdoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000235525 Rhizomucor pusillus Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000005384 Rhizopus oryzae Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000013752 Rhizopus oryzae Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000702632 Rice dwarf virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000144068 Rice ragged stunt virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606695 Rickettsia rickettsii Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711897 Rinderpest morbillivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907520 Rio Bravo virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001137860 Rotavirus A Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907521 Royal Farm virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000192617 Sabia mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907519 Saboya virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907335 Sal Vieja virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607142 Salmonella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001138501 Salmonella enterica Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000293871 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhi Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000293869 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhimurium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907336 San Perlita virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000369753 Sapporo virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000120605 Saumarez Reef virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000132889 Scedosporium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000122799 Scopulariopsis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710961 Semliki Forest virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000178331 Sepik virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607720 Serratia Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000019802 Sexually transmitted disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700665 Sheeppox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607768 Shigella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607760 Shigella sonnei Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000150288 Sin Nombre orthohantavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020004688 Small Nuclear RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000039471 Small Nuclear RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020003224 Small Nucleolar RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000042773 Small Nucleolar RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004459 Small interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283925 Spermophilus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000732549 Sphaerius Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589970 Spirochaetales Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001149962 Sporothrix Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001149963 Sporothrix schenckii Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001476589 Squirrel fibroma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000191940 Staphylococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000191963 Staphylococcus epidermidis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001147691 Staphylococcus saprophyticus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000122971 Stenotrophomonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000122973 Stenotrophomonas maltophilia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001478880 Streptobacillus moniliformis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194017 Streptococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193985 Streptococcus agalactiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194049 Streptococcus equinus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193998 Streptococcus pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193996 Streptococcus pyogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001505901 Streptococcus sp. 'group A' Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193990 Streptococcus sp. 'group B' Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001312524 Streptococcus viridans Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700565 Swinepox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000389 T-cell leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000028530 T-cell lymphoblastic leukemia/lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000338155 Tamana bat virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000404000 Tanapox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907504 Tembusu virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701364 Thermoproteus tenax virus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710924 Togaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000223997 Toxoplasma gondii Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020004566 Transfer RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000589904 Treponema pallidum subsp. pertenue Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000893962 Trichophyton equinum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001045770 Trichophyton mentagrophytes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000223229 Trichophyton rubrum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001480048 Trichophyton tonsurans Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000120643 Tyuleniy virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907508 Uganda S virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020004417 Untranslated RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000039634 Untranslated RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000907517 Usutu virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710959 Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001494970 Vesicular exanthema of swine virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607626 Vibrio cholerae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020000999 Viral RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000366208 Wesselsbron virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000205658 Whitewater Arroyo mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001492404 Woodchuck hepatitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907334 Yaounde virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607479 Yersinia pestis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907505 Yokose virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907316 Zika virus Species 0.000 description 1
- WYTGDNHDOZPMIW-RCBQFDQVSA-N alstonine Natural products C1=CC2=C3C=CC=CC3=NC2=C2N1C[C@H]1[C@H](C)OC=C(C(=O)OC)[C@H]1C2 WYTGDNHDOZPMIW-RCBQFDQVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLDHEUZGFKACJH-UHFFFAOYSA-K amaranth Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].C12=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(O)=C1N=NC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC=CC=C12 WLDHEUZGFKACJH-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 210000004381 amniotic fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012491 analyte Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001742 aqueous humor Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003567 ascitic fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 244000309743 astrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000008680 babesiosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940065181 bacillus anthracis Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000052616 bacterial pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011127 biaxially oriented polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006378 biaxially oriented polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000000941 bile Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010836 blood and blood product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125691 blood product Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940056450 brucella abortus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940038698 brucella melitensis Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940095731 candida albicans Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091092259 cell-free RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002939 cerumen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003756 cervix mucus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001351 cycling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000031513 cyst Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QONQRTHLHBTMGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N digitoxigenin Natural products CC12CCC(C3(CCC(O)CC3CC3)C)C3C11OC1CC2C1=CC(=O)OC1 QONQRTHLHBTMGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-KCZCNTNESA-N digoxigenin Chemical compound C1([C@@H]2[C@@]3([C@@](CC2)(O)[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@]4(C)CC[C@H](O)C[C@H]4CC2)C[C@H]3O)C)=CC(=O)OC1 SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-KCZCNTNESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001493065 dsRNA viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003060 endolymph Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940092559 enterobacter aerogenes Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940032049 enterococcus faecalis Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940023064 escherichia coli Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003608 fece Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010016629 fibroma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005187 foaming Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009432 framing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940118764 francisella tularensis Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004051 gastric juice Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- VOWCXSYDBWCCCF-QIBOXNKSSA-N gbv-b Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VOWCXSYDBWCCCF-QIBOXNKSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASKSDLRLUXEOOR-SUFRFZPQSA-N gbv-c Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=3C4=CC=CC=C4NC=3)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(C)C)=CNC2=C1 ASKSDLRLUXEOOR-SUFRFZPQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010439 graphite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002804 graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940047650 haemophilus influenzae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940037467 helicobacter pylori Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004251 human milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000020256 human milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012678 infectious agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011005 laboratory method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940115932 legionella pneumophila Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000005265 lung cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001926 lymphatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009149 molecular binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000609532 mosquito-borne viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000003097 mucus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- JPXMTWWFLBLUCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitro blue tetrazolium(2+) Chemical compound COC1=CC(C=2C=C(OC)C(=CC=2)[N+]=2N(N=C(N=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)[N+]([O-])=O)=CC=C1[N+]1=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NN1C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 JPXMTWWFLBLUCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000309711 non-enveloped viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004049 perilymph Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012123 point-of-care testing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008213 purified water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940075118 rickettsia rickettsii Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002374 sebum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000582 semen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010008 shearing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940115939 shigella sonnei Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002689 soil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000011895 specific detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003802 sputum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000024794 sputum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000003265 stomatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012089 stop solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940031000 streptococcus pneumoniae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000004243 sweat Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009182 swimming Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001179 synovial fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010998 test method Methods 0.000 description 1
- MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N texas red Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=CC=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001169 thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004416 thermosoftening plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000008827 tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001148471 unidentified anaerobic bacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940118696 vibrio cholerae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004127 vitreous body Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004916 vomit Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008673 vomiting Effects 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L3/00—Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
- B01L3/50—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
- B01L3/502—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
- B01L3/5027—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip
- B01L3/502715—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip characterised by interfacing components, e.g. fluidic, electrical, optical or mechanical interfaces
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L3/00—Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
- B01L3/50—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
- B01L3/502—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
- B01L3/5027—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip
- B01L3/50273—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip characterised by the means or forces applied to move the fluids
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L7/00—Heating or cooling apparatus; Heat insulating devices
- B01L7/52—Heating or cooling apparatus; Heat insulating devices with provision for submitting samples to a predetermined sequence of different temperatures, e.g. for treating nucleic acid samples
- B01L7/525—Heating or cooling apparatus; Heat insulating devices with provision for submitting samples to a predetermined sequence of different temperatures, e.g. for treating nucleic acid samples with physical movement of samples between temperature zones
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6844—Nucleic acid amplification reactions
- C12Q1/686—Polymerase chain reaction [PCR]
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2200/00—Solutions for specific problems relating to chemical or physical laboratory apparatus
- B01L2200/02—Adapting objects or devices to another
- B01L2200/026—Fluid interfacing between devices or objects, e.g. connectors, inlet details
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2200/00—Solutions for specific problems relating to chemical or physical laboratory apparatus
- B01L2200/02—Adapting objects or devices to another
- B01L2200/026—Fluid interfacing between devices or objects, e.g. connectors, inlet details
- B01L2200/027—Fluid interfacing between devices or objects, e.g. connectors, inlet details for microfluidic devices
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2300/00—Additional constructional details
- B01L2300/04—Closures and closing means
- B01L2300/041—Connecting closures to device or container
- B01L2300/045—Connecting closures to device or container whereby the whole cover is slidable
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2300/00—Additional constructional details
- B01L2300/04—Closures and closing means
- B01L2300/046—Function or devices integrated in the closure
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2300/00—Additional constructional details
- B01L2300/06—Auxiliary integrated devices, integrated components
- B01L2300/0627—Sensor or part of a sensor is integrated
- B01L2300/0654—Lenses; Optical fibres
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2300/00—Additional constructional details
- B01L2300/06—Auxiliary integrated devices, integrated components
- B01L2300/0627—Sensor or part of a sensor is integrated
- B01L2300/0663—Whole sensors
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2300/00—Additional constructional details
- B01L2300/16—Surface properties and coatings
- B01L2300/168—Specific optical properties, e.g. reflective coatings
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2400/00—Moving or stopping fluids
- B01L2400/04—Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means
- B01L2400/0475—Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific mechanical means and fluid pressure
- B01L2400/0478—Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific mechanical means and fluid pressure pistons
Definitions
- the embodiments described herein relate to devices and methods for molecular diagnostic testing. More particularly, the embodiments described herein relate to disposable, self-contained devices and methods for molecular diagnostic testing that include a detection module that produces a visual output.
- Known methods for processing test samples typically include processing all samples collected during a time period (e.g., a day) in one large run, resulting in a turn-around time of many hours to days after the sample is collected.
- a time period e.g., a day
- known instrumentation and methods are designed to perform certain operations under the guidance of a skilled technician who adds reagents, oversees processing, and moves sample from step to step.
- known laboratory tests and methods are very accurate, they often take considerable time, and are very expensive.
- Such known systems can also require the user to handle or be exposed to reagents, which can be a safety risk for an untrained user.
- Such systems do not include lock-outs or mechanisms that prevent an untrained user from completing certain actions out of the proper sequence.
- some known POC or in-home test devices can produce a visual indication
- some known devices do not include a positive control (i.e., an indicator that is always “ON” during use that verifies proper use of the device) and/or a negative control (i.e., an indicator that is always “OFF” during use that verifies that there has not been any bleed into adjacent test areas).
- some known methods or devices produce a visual indication that can fade or dissipate quickly, thus increasing likelihood of producing an inaccurate result.
- a method includes conveying a detection solution containing the target amplicon into a detection module of a molecular diagnostic test device.
- the detection module includes a detection surface including a series of capture probes to which a first portion of the target amplicon is bound when the detection solution is conveyed.
- a first reagent formulated to produce a visible signal indicating a presence of the target amplicon is then conveyed into the detection module.
- the first reagent is bound to a second portion of the target amplicon when the first reagent is conveyed.
- a second reagent is conveyed into the detection module.
- the second reagent includes a precipitating substrate formulated to catalyze the production of the visible signal by producing an insoluble colored product when the second reagent is in contact with the first reagent.
- the method further includes viewing the visible signal via a transparent portion of the detection module.
- an apparatus in some embodiments, includes a housing, a sample transfer manifold disposed at least partially within the housing, a sample input actuator, and a lid.
- the sample transfer manifold defines a fluid passage in fluid communication with a sample preparation module.
- the sample input actuator defines an inner surface.
- the inner surface and a surface of the sample transfer manifold collectively define a sample input volume configured to receive a biological sample.
- a top surface of the sample input actuator defines an opening into the sample input volume.
- the sample input actuator is configured to move relative to the sample transfer manifold from a first position to a second position to convey the biological sample from the sample input volume towards the sample preparation module via the fluid passage.
- the lid is coupled to the sample input actuator, and can move between a first lid position and a second lid position.
- the opening is exposed and a lock portion of the lid is engaged with a lock surface of the housing to retain the sample input actuator in the first position when the lid is in the first lid position.
- the lid is sealed about the opening and the lock portion of the lid is disengaged from the lock surface of the housing when the lid is in the second lid position.
- FIGS. 1-3 are cross-sectional schematic illustrations of a molecular diagnostic test device, according to an embodiment, in a first configuration, a second configuration, and a third configuration, respectively.
- FIGS. 4 and 5 are schematic illustrations of a molecular diagnostic test device, according to an embodiment, in a first configuration and a second configuration, respectively.
- FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of a portion of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 taken along line X-X in FIG. 5 .
- FIG. 7 is a schematic illustration of a molecular diagnostic device, according to an embodiment.
- FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating an enzyme linked reaction, according to an embodiment, resulting in the production a colorimetric result.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic illustration of a molecular diagnostic test device, according to an embodiment.
- FIGS. 10 and 11 are a perspective view and a top view, respectively, of a molecular diagnostic test device, according to an embodiment.
- FIG. 12 is a perspective view of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 , with the lid removed to show the sample input opening.
- FIG. 13 is a perspective view of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 , with the top portion of the housing removed to show the internal components.
- FIG. 14 is an exploded view of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 .
- FIG. 15 is a top perspective exploded view of a portion of the housing assembly of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 .
- FIG. 16 is an enlarged view of a portion of the top housing shown in FIG. 15 , showing lid engagement portion.
- FIGS. 17 and 18 are a front perspective view and a rear perspective view, respectively, of the housing assembly of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 .
- FIG. 19 is a perspective exploded view of the housing assembly shown in FIGS. 17 and 18 .
- FIG. 20 is a perspective view of the vertical manifold of the housing assembly shown in FIGS. 17 and 18 .
- FIG. 21 is a perspective view of the sample transfer manifold of the housing assembly shown in FIGS. 17 and 18 , including a filter assembly and an inactivation assembly coupled thereto.
- FIGS. 22-25 are a front perspective view, a rear perspective view, a bottom view, and a top view, respectively, of the sample transfer manifold of the housing assembly shown in FIGS. 17 and 18 .
- FIGS. 26-29 are cross-sectional views of the sample transfer manifold shown in FIGS. 22-25 taken along line X 1 -X 1 , X 2 -X 2 , X 3 -X 3 , and X 4 -X 4 , respectively.
- FIGS. 30-32 are a top perspective view, a bottom perspective view, and a side perspective view, respectively, of a sample input actuator of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 .
- FIGS. 33 and 34 are a top perspective view and a bottom perspective view, respectively, of a sample lid of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 .
- FIGS. 35-37 are a side perspective view, a bottom perspective view, and a rear perspective view, respectively, of a first reagent actuator of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 .
- FIGS. 38 and 39 are a rear perspective view and a bottom perspective view, respectively, of a second reagent actuator of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 .
- FIG. 40 is a perspective view of a spring clip that can be coupled to the sample input actuator, as shown in FIG. 32 .
- FIGS. 41 and 42 are a front perspective view and a rear perspective view, respectively, of a lock lever coupled to the sample transfer manifold shown in FIG. 23 .
- FIGS. 43 and 44 are a perspective view and a top view, respectively, of a filter assembly of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 .
- FIGS. 45 and 46 are cross-sectional views of the filter assembly shown in FIGS. 43 and 44 taken along line X-X in FIG. 44 , with the filter assembly in a first configuration and a second configuration, respectively.
- FIGS. 47-49 are a top perspective view, a bottom perspective view, and a bottom view, respectively, of a lysing module of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 .
- FIGS. 50 and 51 are cross-sectional views of the lysing module shown in FIGS. 47 and 48 taken along line X 1 -X 1 and line X 2 -X 2 in FIG. 49 , respectively.
- FIG. 52 is an enlarged view of a portion of the top housing of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 , showing the lid in a closed position.
- FIG. 53 is perspective cross-sectional view of a portion of the top housing of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 , showing the lid in the closed position.
- FIGS. 54 and 55 are a perspective cross-sectional view and a rear view, respectively, of a portion of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 , showing the lid in the closed position and the sample input actuator in its first position.
- FIGS. 56 and 57 are a perspective view and a rear view, respectively, of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 , showing the lid in the closed position and the sample input actuator in its second position.
- FIGS. 58 and 59 are cross-sectional views of a portion of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 with the sample input actuator in its second position taken along line X 1 -X 1 in FIG. 55 and line X 2 -X 2 in FIG. 57 , respectively.
- FIGS. 60 and 61 are a perspective view and a rear view, respectively, of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 , showing the sample input actuator in its second position and the first reagent actuator in its second position.
- FIGS. 62 and 63 are a perspective view and a side cross-sectional view, respectively, of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 , showing the sample input actuator in its second position, the first reagent actuator in its second position, and the second reagent actuator in its second position.
- FIGS. 64 and 65 are a perspective exploded view and a front view, respectively, of a detection module of the molecular diagnostic test device shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 .
- FIG. 66 shows a flow chart of a method of detecting a target organism, according to an embodiment.
- FIG. 67 shows a flow chart of a method of detecting a target organism, according to an embodiment.
- an apparatus is configured for a disposable, portable, single-use, inexpensive, molecular diagnostic approach.
- the apparatus can include one or more modules configured to perform high quality molecular diagnostic tests, including, but not limited to, sample preparation, nucleic acid amplification (e.g., via polymerase chain reaction, isothermal amplification, or the like), and detection.
- sample preparation can be performed by isolating the target pathogen/entity and removing unwanted amplification (e.g., PCR) inhibitors.
- the target entity can be subsequently lysed to release target nucleic acid for amplification.
- a target nucleic acid in the target entity can be amplified with a polymerase undergoing temperature cycling or via an isothermal incubation to yield a greater number of copies of the target nucleic acid sequence for detection.
- an apparatus in some embodiments, includes a housing, a sample transfer manifold disposed at least partially within the housing, a sample input actuator, and a lid.
- the sample transfer manifold defines a fluid passage in fluid communication with a sample preparation module.
- the sample input actuator defines an inner surface.
- the inner surface and a surface of the sample transfer manifold collectively define a sample input volume configured to receive a biological sample.
- a top surface of the sample input actuator defines an opening into the sample input volume.
- the sample input actuator is configured to move relative to the sample transfer manifold from a first position to a second position to convey the biological sample from the sample input volume towards the sample preparation module via the fluid passage.
- the lid is coupled to the sample input actuator, and can move between a first lid position and a second lid position.
- the opening is exposed and a lock portion of the lid is engaged with a lock surface of the housing to retain the sample input actuator in the first position when the lid is in the first lid position.
- the lid is sealed about the opening and the lock portion of the lid is disengaged from the lock surface of the housing when the lid is in the second lid position.
- an apparatus in some embodiments, includes a housing, a sample transfer manifold disposed at least partially within the housing, a sample preparation module disposed within the housing, a sample input actuator, a reagent actuator, and a reagent lock member.
- the sample transfer manifold has a surface defining at least a portion of a sample input volume configured to receive a biological sample.
- the sample preparation module is configured to extract a series of nucleic acid molecules from the biological sample.
- the sample input actuator has a top surface defining an opening into the sample input volume through which the biological sample can be conveyed.
- the sample input actuator is configured to move relative to the sample transfer manifold from a first position to a second position to convey the biological sample from the sample input volume to the sample preparation module.
- the reagent actuator is configured to move relative to the sample transfer manifold from a first reagent position to a second reagent position to convey a reagent within the sample transfer manifold into the sample preparation module.
- the reagent lock member is configured to engage a portion of the reagent actuator to limit movement of the reagent actuator from the first reagent position toward the second reagent position when the sample input actuator is in the first position.
- an apparatus in some embodiments, includes a housing, an amplification module disposed within the housing, a reagent module disposed within the housing, and a detection module.
- the amplification module is configured to heat an input sample to amplify a nucleic acid within the input sample to produce a detection solution containing a target amplicon.
- the reagent module contains a first reagent and a second reagent.
- the detection module defines a detection channel in fluid communication with the amplification module and the reagent module.
- the detection module includes a detection surface within the detection channel.
- the detection surface includes a series of capture probes to which the target amplicon can be bound when the detection solutions flows across the detection surface at a first time.
- the first reagent is formulated to be bound the target amplicon when the first reagent flows across the detection surface at a second time.
- the first reagent is formulated to produce a visible signal indicating a presence of the target amplicon.
- the second reagent includes a precipitating substrate formulated to catalyze the production of the visible signal by producing an insoluble colored product when the second reagent is in contact with the first reagent.
- a method includes conveying a detection solution containing the target amplicon into a detection module of a molecular diagnostic test device.
- the detection module includes a detection surface including a series of capture probes to which a first portion of the target amplicon is bound when the detection solution is conveyed.
- a first reagent formulated to produce a visible signal indicating a presence of the target amplicon is then conveyed into the detection module.
- the first reagent is bound to a second portion of the target amplicon when the first reagent is conveyed.
- a second reagent is conveyed into the detection module.
- the second reagent includes a precipitating substrate formulated to catalyze the production of the visible signal by producing an insoluble colored product when the second reagent is in contact with the first reagent.
- the method further includes viewing the visible signal via a transparent portion of the detection module.
- a method includes conveying a biological sample into a sample input volume of a molecular diagnostic test device.
- the device is then actuated to cause the device to perform a series of operations.
- the operations include conveying the biological sample from the sample input volume to an amplification module within the molecular diagnostic test device.
- the operations include heating a portion of the amplification module to amplify a nucleic acid extracted from the biological sample to produce a detection solution containing a target amplicon.
- the operations include conveying the detection solution through a detection channel defined at least in part by a detection surface, the detection surface including a series of capture probes to which a first portion of the target amplicon is bound.
- the operations include conveying through the detection channel a first reagent formulated to produce a visible signal indicating a presence of the target amplicon.
- the first reagent is bound to a second portion of the target amplicon when conveyed through the detection channel.
- the operations include conveying through the detection channel a second reagent formulated to catalyze the production of the visible signal when the second reagent is in contact with the first reagent.
- the method further includes viewing the visible signal via a transparent member covering the detection channel.
- a method includes conveying a biological sample into a sample input volume defined at least in part by a sample transfer manifold of a molecular diagnostic test device.
- the biological sample is conveyed into the sample volume via an opening defined by a sample input actuator.
- a lid is moved, after the biological sample is in the sample input volume, relative to the sample input actuator from a first lid position to a second lid position.
- a lock portion of the lid is engaged with a lock surface of the molecular diagnostic test device to retain the sample input actuator in a first position when the lid is in the first lid position.
- the lid covers the opening, and the lock portion of the lid is disengaged from the lock surface of the molecular diagnostic test device when the lid is in the second lid position.
- the sample input actuator is then moved from the first position to the second position to convey the biological sample from the sample input volume towards the sample preparation module via a fluid passage defined by the sample transfer manifold.
- an amplification module can be included within a diagnostic device that is optimized for disposable and portable operation.
- an apparatus includes a power module operated by a small battery (e.g., a 9V battery).
- the device can include a controller to control the timing and/or magnitude of power draw to accommodate the capacity of the battery.
- a sample preparation module, an amplification module, and/or a detection module can be included within a diagnostic device that is optimized for one-time use.
- the diagnostic device is disposable via standard waste procedures after use.
- the term “about” when used in connection with a referenced numeric indication means the referenced numeric indication plus or minus up to 10% of that referenced numeric indication.
- the language “about 50” covers the range of 45 to 55.
- proximal and distal refer to direction closer to and away from, respectively, an operator of the diagnostic device.
- the end of an actuator depressed by a user that is furthest away from the user would be the distal end of the actuator, while the end opposite the distal end (i.e., the end manipulated by the user) would be the proximal end of the actuator.
- fluid-tight is understood to encompass hermetic sealing (i.e., a seal that is gas-impervious) as well as a seal that is only liquid-impervious.
- the term “substantially” when used in connection with “fluid-tight,” “gas-impervious,” and/or “liquid-impervious” is intended to convey that, while total fluid imperviousness is desirable, some minimal leakage due to manufacturing tolerances, or other practical considerations (such as, for example, the pressure applied to the seal and/or within the fluid), can occur even in a “substantially fluid-tight” seal.
- a “substantially fluid-tight” seal includes a seal that prevents the passage of a fluid (including gases, liquids and/or slurries) therethrough when the seal is maintained at pressures of less than about 5 psig. Any residual fluid layer that may be present on a portion of a wall of a container after component defining a “substantially-fluid tight” seal are moved past the portion of the wall are not considered as leakage.
- parallel is used herein to describe a relationship between two geometric constructions (e.g., two lines, two planes, a line and a plane, or the like) in which the two geometric constructions are non-intersecting as they extend substantially to infinity.
- a planar surface i.e., a two-dimensional surface
- a first line is said to be parallel to a second line (or axis) when the first line and the second line do not intersect as they extend to infinity.
- Two geometric constructions are described herein as being “parallel” or “substantially parallel” to each other when they are nominally parallel to each other, such as for example, when they are parallel to each other within a tolerance.
- tolerances can include, for example, manufacturing tolerances, measurement tolerances or the like.
- perpendicular perpendicular
- orthogonal perpendicular
- normal is used herein to describe a relationship between two geometric constructions (e.g., two lines, two planes, a line and a plane, or the like) in which the two geometric constructions intersect at an angle of approximately 90 degrees within at least one plane.
- a line or axis is said to be normal to a planar surface when the line and a portion of the planar surface intersect at an angle of approximately 90 degrees within the planar surface.
- Two geometric constructions are described herein as being, for example, “perpendicular” or “substantially perpendicular” to each other when they are nominally perpendicular to each other, such as for example, when they are perpendicular to each other within a tolerance.
- tolerances can include, for example, manufacturing tolerances, measurement tolerances or the like.
- geometric terms such as “parallel,” “perpendicular,” “cylindrical,” “square,” “conical,” or “frusto-conical” are not intended to require absolute mathematical precision, unless the context indicates otherwise. Instead, such geometric terms allow for variations due to manufacturing or equivalent functions. For example, if an element is described as “conical” or “generally conical,” a component that is not precisely conical (e.g., one that is slightly oblong) is still encompassed by this description.
- reagent includes any substance that is used in connection with any of the reactions described herein.
- a reagent can include an elution buffer, a PCR reagent, an enzyme, a substrate, a wash solution, or the like.
- a reagent can include a mixture of one or more constituents.
- a reagent can include such constituents regardless of their state of matter (e.g., solid, liquid or gas).
- a reagent can include the multiple constituents that can be included in a substance in a mixed state, in an unmixed state and/or in a partially mixed state.
- a reagent can include both active constituents and inert constituents.
- a reagent can include non-active and/or inert constituents such as, water, colorant or the like.
- nucleic acid molecule may refer to deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or ribonucleic acid (RNA), including known analogs or a combination thereof unless otherwise indicated.
- Nucleic acid molecules to be profiled herein can be obtained from any source of nucleic acid.
- the nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded.
- the nucleic acid molecules are DNA
- the DNA can be mitochondrial DNA, complementary DNA (cDNA), or genomic DNA.
- gDNA genomic DNA
- the DNA can be plasmid DNA, cosmid DNA, bacterial artificial chromosome (BAC), or yeast artificial chromosome (YAC).
- the DNA can be derived from one or more chromosomes. For example, if the DNA is from a human, the DNA can be derived from one or more of chromosomes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, X, or Y.
- the nucleic acid molecules are RNA can include, but is not limited to, mRNAs, tRNAs, snRNAs, rRNAs, retroviruses, small non-coding RNAs, microRNAs, polysomal RNAs, pre-mRNAs, intronic RNA, viral RNA, cell free RNA and fragments thereof.
- the non-coding RNA, or ncRNA can include snoRNAs, microRNAs, siRNAs, piRNAs and long nc RNAs.
- the source of nucleic acid for use in the devices, methods, and compositions described herein can be a sample comprising the nucleic acid.
- the terms apparatus, diagnostic apparatus, diagnostic system, diagnostic test, diagnostic test system, test unit, and variants thereof, can be interchangeably used.
- FIGS. 1-3 are schematic illustrations of a portion of a molecular diagnostic test device 1000 (also referred to as a “test device” or “device”), according to an embodiment.
- the test device 1000 is configured to manipulate an input sample to produce one or more output signals associated with a target cell, according to any of the methods described herein.
- the test device 1000 can be an integrated device that is suitable for use within a point-of-care setting (e.g., doctor's office, pharmacy or the like), decentralized test facility, or at the user's home.
- the modules of the device, described below are contained within a single housing such that the test device can be fully operated without any additional instrument, docking station, or the like.
- the device 1000 can have a size, shape and/or weight such that the device 1000 can be carried, held, used and/or manipulated in a user's hands (i.e., it can be a “handheld” device).
- the test device 1000 can be a self-contained, single-use device.
- the device 1000 (and any of the devices shown and described herein) can be a CLIA-waived device and/or can operate in accordance with methods that are CLIA waived.
- the device 1000 (and any of the other devices shown and described herein) is configured to be operated in a sufficiently simple manner, and can produce results with sufficient accuracy to pose a limited likelihood of misuse and/or to pose a limited risk of harm if used improperly.
- the device 1000 (and any of the other devices shown and described herein) can be operated by a user with minimal (or no) scientific training, in accordance with methods that require little judgment of the user, and/or in which certain operational steps are easily and/or automatically controlled.
- the molecular diagnostic test device 1000 can be configured for long term storage in a manner that poses a limited likelihood of misuse (spoilage of the reagent(s), expiration of the reagents(s), leakage of the reagent(s), or the like). In some embodiments, the molecular diagnostic test device 1000 is configured to be stored for up to about 36 months, up to about 32 months, up to about 26 months, up to about 24 months, up to about 20 months, up to about 18 months, or any values there between
- the test device 1000 includes at least a housing 1001 , a sample transfer manifold 1100 , a sample input actuator 1050 , and a lid 1140 .
- the test device 1000 can include any other components or modules described herein, such as, for example an amplification module (e.g., the amplification module 2600 or 4600 ) or a detection module (e.g., the detection module 2800 or 4800 ).
- the housing 1001 can be any structure within which the sample transfer manifold 1100 or other components are contained (or partially contained) to form an integrated device for sample preparation and/or molecular testing.
- the housing 1001 includes a lock surface 1007 that engages and/or interfaces with the lid 1140 , as described below, to reduce the likelihood that the test device 1000 will be actuated in an incorrect manner or sequence.
- the housing 1001 can be a monolithically constructed housing or can include multiple separately constructed members that are later joined together to form the housing 1001 .
- the sample transfer manifold 1100 is within the housing 1001 , and defines a fluid passage 1108 in fluid communication with a sample preparation module 1200 .
- the sample transfer manifold 1100 includes a surface 1173 (also referred to as an inner surface) that, as described below, along with a surface 1067 of the sample input actuator 1050 forms a portion of a boundary of a sample input volume 1068 .
- the sample transfer manifold 1100 functions both to receive a biological sample (i.e., within the sample input volume 1068 ), and also to provide the passage 1108 through which the biological sample can be conveyed to the sample preparation module 1200 .
- the surface 1173 is shown and described as being an inner surface (i.e., forming a portion of the sample input volume 1068 within which the sample input actuator 1050 is movably disposed), in other embodiments, the surface 1173 can be an outer surface or can otherwise be disposed within the sample input actuator 1050 .
- the sample preparation module 1200 can include any suitable components to manipulate the sample for further diagnostic testing.
- the sample preparation module 1200 can extract nucleic acid molecules from the biological sample.
- the sample preparation module 1200 can include any of the components described herein, such as, for example, a filter assembly (e.g., the filter assembly 4230 , a lysing assembly and/or an inactivation chamber (see, e.g., the lysing module 4300 ).
- the sample transfer manifold 1100 can include any structure, components, or reagents to facilitate any of the sample input operations and/or the sample preparation operations described herein.
- one or more reagents can be included within the sample transfer manifold 1100 (e.g., within the sample input volume 1068 , the passage 1108 , or any other portion or volume defined by the sample transfer manifold).
- Such reagents can include, for example, a wash buffer, a positive control organism, an elution buffer, or the like.
- the sample transfer manifold 1100 can include one or more flow control mechanisms, such as, for example, check valves, filters, seals, or the like.
- the sample transfer manifold 1100 and/or the sample preparation module 1200 can be only partially disposed within the housing 1001 . Said another way, in some embodiments, the sample transfer manifold 1100 and/or the sample preparation module 1200 can be only partially enclosed, surrounded, or encompassed by the housing 1001 .
- the sample input actuator 1050 includes a first (or top) surface 1051 and a second (or inner) surface 1067 . As described above, the second surface 1067 and the surface 1173 of the sample transfer manifold 1100 form a boundary of (i.e., collectively define) the sample input volume 1068 .
- the first surface 1051 of the sample input actuator 1050 defines an opening 1052 into the sample input volume 1068 . This arrangement allows the biological sample (not shown) to be conveyed into the sample input volume 1068 via the opening 1052 .
- the sample input actuator 1050 is movably coupled to or is otherwise configured to move relative to the sample transfer manifold 1100 . In particular, the sample input actuator 1050 can move from a first position ( FIGS.
- the sample input actuator 1050 functions both to receive a biological sample (i.e., within the sample input volume 1068 ), and also to produce a motive force to convey the biological sample through the passage 1108 towards the sample preparation module 1200 .
- the sample input actuator 1050 can include any structure, components, or reagents to facilitate any of the sample input operations and/or the sample preparation operations described herein.
- one or more reagents can be included within the sample input actuator 1050 (e.g., within the sample input volume 1068 , the passage from the opening 1052 to the sample input volume 1068 , or any other portion or volume defined by the sample input actuator).
- Such reagents can include, for example, a wash buffer, a positive control organism, an elution buffer, or the like.
- the sample input actuator 1050 can include one or more flow control mechanisms, such as, for example, check valves, filters, seals, or the like.
- the lid 1140 is coupled to the sample input actuator 1050 , and can move between a first lid position ( FIG. 1 ) and a second lid position ( FIGS. 2 and 3 ).
- the lid 1140 includes a lock portion 1146 and a seal portion 1143 .
- the lock portion 1146 is engaged with the lock surface 1007 of the housing 1001 to retain the lid in its first lid position and to retain the sample input actuator 1050 in its first position.
- movement of the sample input actuator 1050 relative to the housing 1001 (and hence the sample transfer manifold 1100 ) is limited.
- the lid 1140 when the lid 1140 is in its first lid position, it functions as a “lock” to prevent the sample input actuator 1050 from being moved. Moreover, when the lid 1140 is in its first lid position, the opening 1052 is exposed, thus providing a user with convenient access to convey the biological sample into the sample input volume 1068 .
- This arrangement limits the likelihood of misuse of the test device. For example, this arrangement prevents a user from inadvertently depressing the sample input actuator 1050 while the lid 1140 is opened (i.e., in its first position).
- the lock portion 1146 of the lid 1140 and the lock surface 1007 of the housing 1001 can include any suitable mechanisms to releasably lock the lid 1140 to the housing 1001 as described herein.
- the lock portion 1146 and/or the lock surface 1007 can include mating grooves, protrusions, rails, fasteners, or the like.
- the seal portion 1143 forms a seal about the opening 1052 . Additionally, the lock portion 1146 of the lid 1140 is disengaged from the lock surface 1007 of the housing 1001 .
- the seal portion 1143 can include an elastomeric seal, such as an O-ring or the like, and can produce a substantially fluid-tight seal to protect against spilling or leaking during the test.
- the seal portion 1143 also fluidically isolates the sample input volume 1068 such that the pressure generated therein can be maintained to convey the biological sample through the passage 1108 (rather than leaking out via the opening 1052 ).
- the test device 1000 can be used to manipulate, process, or prepare a biological sample as a part of any of the methods of diagnostic testing described herein.
- the test device 1000 is initially shipped or presented to the user with the sample input actuator 1050 in its first position and the lid 1140 in the first lid position, as shown in FIG. 1 .
- the user can the convey a biological sample (not shown) into the sample input volume 1068 via the opening 1052 of the sample input actuator 1050 , as shown by the arrow AA in FIG. 1 .
- the biological sample can be any suitable sample, such as, for example, blood, urine, male urethral specimens, vaginal specimens, cervical swab specimens, nasal swab specimens, or any other biological samples described herein.
- the biological sample input can be a “raw” (or unprocessed) sample.
- the lid 1140 can be moved from its first (or open) lid position ( FIG. 1 ) to its second (or closed) lid position ( FIG. 2 ), as shown by the arrow BB in FIG. 2 .
- the sample input actuator 1050 can be unlocked to allow actuation of the test device 1000 .
- the seal portion 1143 forms a seal about the opening 1052 .
- the seal portion 1143 is shown as extending into the sample input actuator 1050 (for example, to limit the dead volume that may be present in the opening 1052 , in other embodiments, the seal portion 1143 need only cover and seal the opening 1052 .
- the lid 1140 is shown as rotating to move from the first lid position to the second lid position, in other embodiments, the lid 1140 (or any of the lids shown herein) can move in any suitable manner (i.e., rotation, translation, or both rotation and translation) between the first lid position and the second lid position.
- the sample input actuator 1050 can be moved from its first position to its second position, as shown by the arrow CC in FIG. 3 .
- the test device 1000 and/or the sample preparation module 1200 can be actuated.
- the sample input actuator 1050 is moved relative to the sample transfer manifold 1100 , the biological sample is conveyed from the sample input volume 1068 towards the sample preparation module 1200 via the fluid passage 1108 , as shown by the arrow DD in FIG. 3 .
- the sample input actuator 1050 reduces the volume of the sample input volume 1068 , thereby pressurizing the biological sample therein, which, in turn, pushes the biological sample through the passage 1108 .
- the sample input actuator 1050 functions as a piston pump to convey the biological sample towards the sample preparation module.
- the sample transfer manifold 1100 or the sample input actuator 1050 includes a seal (e.g., an O-ring, or the like) to seal the interface between the surface 1067 and the surface 1173 (i.e., to fluidically isolate the sample input volume 1068 ) from an external volume.
- the sample input actuator 1050 is manually moved (i.e., is moved by direct human interaction and not by a motorized actuator). In this manner, the force or pressure applied to the biological sample originates directly from the user's actuation of the sample input actuator.
- the lid 1140 (and any of the lids shown and described herein) can include a second lock portion or lock member (not shown) that engages or contacts a portion of the housing 1001 or the sample input actuator 1050 to limit or prevent movement of the lid 1140 from the second (closed) lid position back toward the first (or opened) lid position.
- the lid 1140 is irreversibly locked in its second position. In this manner, the user cannot add to or otherwise disrupt a sample after the lid has been closed. This arrangement can reduce the likelihood of misuse of the device 1000 .
- the sample input actuator 1050 (and any of the actuators shown and described herein) can include a lock portion or lock member (not shown) that engages a corresponding lock surface (not shown) of the housing 1001 and/or the sample transfer manifold 1100 to prevent movement of the sample input actuator 1050 from the second position back towards the first position.
- the sample input actuator 1050 is irreversibly locked in its second position, thereby preventing the user from trying to pump or press the actuator several times. This arrangement can reduce the likelihood of misuse of the device 1000 .
- the test device 1000 can include one or more reagent actuators (not shown in FIGS. 1-3 ).
- reagent actuators can, for example, actuate a wash module (e.g., similar to the wash module 4210 ), an elution module (e.g., similar to the elution module 4260 ), or one or more reagent containers that include detection reagent.
- the reagent actuator can be operably coupled to the sample input actuator such that the actuators cannot be moved in an improper sequence.
- the sample input actuator 1050 (and any of the sample input actuator described herein) can include a lock actuator that contacts, moves, or otherwise engages a reagent lock member (not shown) to release the reagent actuator for movement.
- a device can include a lid that performs similar functions as the lid 1140 and the actuator 1050 .
- a device can include a lid that functions to seal a sample input volume and also actuate the device.
- the movement of a lid can both seal the sample input volume (e.g., to prevent leakage) and also to pressurize the sample input volume to convey the sample towards the remainder of the device. In this manner, the operation of the device can be instigated with only single motion (i.e., the closing of the lid).
- the molecular diagnostic test device 1000 can include any suitable components to amplify the desired target and/or produce a signal that can be easily read.
- any of the molecular diagnostic test devices described herein can include a detection module that produces a colorimetric output that indicates a presence of a target organism in the biological sample.
- Such devices can produce a colorimetric output that is easily viewed by the user (i.e., can be of sufficient size and color properties) to be seen by the user without external aids (e.g., a magnifying glass, camera, or the like).
- Such devices can produce a colorimetric output that is stable and persists for a sufficient period of time (e.g., at least one hour, at least two hours, at least three hours, at least 12 hours, at least 24 hours, and at least 48 hours) so that the user can easily interpret the results, even if there is an interruption before the results are viewed.
- a sufficient period of time e.g., at least one hour, at least two hours, at least three hours, at least 12 hours, at least 24 hours, and at least 48 hours
- Such devices can be configured to produce a colorimetric output that does not wash away or drift if the device is moved during the course of normal use. In this manner, the device can be operated by a user with minimal (or no) scientific training, in accordance with methods that require little judgment of the user, and/or in which certain operational steps are easily and/or automatically controlled.
- FIGS. 4-6 are schematic illustrations of a portion of a molecular diagnostic test device 2000 (also referred to as a “test device” or “device”), according to an embodiment.
- the test device 2000 is configured to manipulate an input sample to produce one or more output signals (e.g., see output signal OP) associated with a target cell, according to any of the methods described herein.
- the test device 2000 can be an integrated device that is suitable for use within a point-of-care setting (e.g., doctor's office, pharmacy or the like), decentralized test facility, or at the user's home.
- the modules of the device are contained within a single housing such that the test device can be fully operated without any additional instrument, docking station, or the like.
- the device 2000 can have a size, shape and/or weight such that the device 2000 can be carried, held, used and/or manipulated in a user's hands (i.e., it can be a “handheld” device).
- the test device 2000 can be a self-contained, single-use device.
- the device 2000 (and any of the devices shown and described herein) can be a CLIA-waived device and/or can operate in accordance with methods that are CLIA waived.
- the device 2000 (and any of the other devices shown and described herein) is configured to be operated in a sufficiently simple manner, and can produce results with sufficient accuracy to pose a limited likelihood of misuse and/or to pose a limited risk of harm if used improperly.
- the device 2000 (and any of the other devices shown and described herein) can be operated by a user with minimal (or no) scientific training, in accordance with methods that require little judgment of the user, and/or in which certain operational steps are easily and/or automatically controlled.
- the molecular diagnostic test device 2000 can be configured for long term storage in a manner that poses a limited likelihood of misuse (spoilage of the reagent(s), expiration of the reagents(s), leakage of the reagent(s), or the like). In some embodiments, the molecular diagnostic test device 2000 is configured to be stored for up to about 36 months, up to about 32 months, up to about 26 months, up to about 24 months, up to about 20 months, up to about 18 months, or any values there between
- the test device 2000 includes a housing 2001 , an amplification module 2600 , a reagent module 2700 , and a detection module 2800 .
- the test device 2000 can include any other components or modules described herein, such as, for example a sample input module or a sample preparation module.
- the housing 2001 can be any structure within which the amplification module 2600 , the reagent module 2700 , and the detection module 2800 are contained (or partially contained) to form an integrated device for sample preparation and/or molecular testing.
- the housing 1001 can define an opening or include a transparent portion through which the detection module can be viewed.
- the housing 2001 can include one or more lock surfaces or lock members (not shown) that engage and/or interface with various actuators to reduce the likelihood that the test device 2000 will be actuated in an incorrect manner or sequence.
- the housing 2001 can be a monolithically constructed housing or can include multiple separately constructed members that are later joined together to form the housing 2001 .
- the amplification module 2600 includes a flow member 2610 and a heater 2630 .
- the flow member (also referred to as a reaction volume) 2610 can be any suitable flow member that defines a volume or a series of volumes within which the input biological sample S 1 (or a solution containing extracted nucleic acid from the sample S 1 ) can flow and/or be maintained to amplify the target nucleic acid molecules therein to produce an output detection solution S 2 that contains a target amplicon to be detected.
- the heater 2630 can be any suitable heater or group of heaters coupled to the flow member 2610 that can heat the input biological sample S 1 within the flow member 2610 to perform any of the amplification operations as described herein.
- the amplification module 2600 (or any of the amplification modules described herein) can be similar to the amplification modules shown and described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/494,145, entitled “Printed Circuit Board Heater for an Amplification Module,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the amplification module 2600 (or any of the amplification modules described herein) can be similar to the amplification modules shown and described in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the flow member 2610 defines a single volume within which the input biological sample S 1 (or extracted nucleic acid) is maintained and heated to amplify the nucleic acid molecules thereby producing the detection solution S 2 .
- the flow member 2610 can define a “switchback” or serpentine flow path through which the input biological sample S 1 (or extracted nucleic acid) flows.
- the flow member 2610 defines a flow path that is curved such that the flow path intersects the heater 2630 at multiple locations. In this manner, the amplification module 2600 can perform a “flow through” amplification reaction where the input biological sample S 1 flows through multiple different temperature regions.
- the heater 2630 can be any suitable heater or collection of heaters that can perform the functions described herein to amplify the prepared solution.
- the heater 2630 can establish multiple temperature zones through which the prepared solution flows and/or can define a desired number of amplification cycles to ensure the desired test sensitivity (e.g., at least 30 cycles, at least 34 cycles, at least 36 cycles, at least 38 cycles, or at least 40 cycles).
- the heater 2630 (and any of the heaters described herein) can be of any suitable design.
- the heater 2630 can be a resistance heater, a thermoelectric device (e.g. a Peltier device), or the like.
- the heater 2630 can be one or more linear “strip heaters” arranged such that the flow path crosses the heaters at multiple different points. In other embodiments, the heater 2630 can be one or more curved heaters having a geometry that corresponds to that of the flow member 2610 to produce multiple different temperature zones in the flow path.
- the amplification module 2600 is generally described as performing a thermal cycling operation on the input biological sample S 1 , in other embodiment, the amplification module 2600 (and any of the amplification modules described herein) can perform any suitable thermal reaction to amplify nucleic acids within the solution.
- the amplification module 2600 (and any of the amplification modules described herein) can perform any suitable type of isothermal amplification process, including, for example, Loop Mediated Isothermal Amplification (LAMP), Nucleic Acid Sequence Based Amplification (NASBA), which can be useful to detect target RNA molecules, Strand Displacement Amplification (SDA), Multiple Displacement Amplification (MDA), Ramification Amplification Method (RAM), or any other type of isothermal process.
- LAMP Loop Mediated Isothermal Amplification
- NASBA Nucleic Acid Sequence Based Amplification
- SDA Strand Displacement Amplification
- MDA Multiple Displacement Amplification
- RAM Ramification Amplification Method
- the reagent module 2700 is disposed within the housing 2001 , and defines a reagent volume within which at least a first reagent R 1 and a second reagent R 2 are contained.
- the reagent module also includes a first reagent actuator 2080 A and second reagent actuator 2080 B.
- the reagent module 2700 is in fluid communication with the detection module 2800 allowing the first reagent R 1 and the second reagent R 2 to be conveyed into the detection module 2800 .
- the first reagent R 1 and the second reagent R 2 can be formulated to perform an assay (e.g., an enzyme-linked immunoassay) that produces a colorimetric output to detect the target amplicon within the detection solution S 2 .
- an assay e.g., an enzyme-linked immunoassay
- the first reagent R 1 is formulated to produce a visible signal OP indicating a presence of the target amplicon.
- the first reagent R 1 can include, for example, a binding moiety and any suitable enzyme such as horseradish peroxidase (HRP) or alkaline phosphates.
- HRP enzyme already conjugated to a streptavidin molecule.
- the streptavidin component binds to the biotin portion of the target amplicon and the HRP component produces a color change when exposed to a substrate (e.g., the second reagent R 2 ).
- the second reagent R 2 includes a substrate formulated to catalyze the production of the visible signal OP.
- the second reagent R 2 can include, for example, any of tetramethylbenzidine (TMB), 3-ethylbenzothiazoline-6-sulfonic acid, o-phenylenediamine, Amplex Red, homovanillic acid, 3,3′-diaminobenzidine, 3-amino-9-ethylcarbazole, 5-Bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl phosphate, 5-Bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl phosphate/nitro blue tetrazolium, Fast Red (Sigma).
- the substrate is TMB.
- TMB in the detection module 2800 changes color from colorless to blue, and finally yellow above any positive chambers.
- the yellow color is produced when the detection module 2800 is heated to about 40° C. during the detection operation.
- some ELISA based formats produce a color change that goes to blue or green, and does not proceed to yellow until it is exposed to a stop solution.
- the substrate of the second reagent R 2 is a precipitating substrate formulated to catalyze the production of the visible signal OP by producing an insoluble colored product (a series of products P is shown in FIG. 6 ) when the second reagent R 2 is in contact with the first reagent R 1 .
- precipitating substrates can include, for example, TMB (3,3′,5,5′ tetramethylbenzidine), DAB (3,3′ diaminobenzidine), or 4 CN (4-chloro-1-napthol) based membrane substrates for horseradish peroxidase enzymes, or BCIP (5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl-phosphate) based membrane substrates for alkaline phosphatase.
- the precipitating substrate can be the BioFX® TMB HRP Membrane Substrates produced by Surmodics.
- the precipitating substrate (and thus, the second reagent R 2 ) can maintain stability when stored for up to one year in a liquid form at room temperature.
- the precipitating substrate (and thus, the second reagent R 2 ) can maintain stability when stored for up to two years in a liquid form at room temperature.
- such precipitating substrates can produce a dark color, which can be easier to visualize and interpret.
- the precipitating substrate can produce a colorimetric output that persists for at least one hour, at least two hours, at least three hours, at least 12 hours, at least 24 hours, or at least 48 hours.
- the second reagent R 2 is described as being stored in the device 2000 in a liquid form, in other embodiments, either the first reagent R 1 , the second reagent R 2 , or both the first reagent R 1 and the second reagent R 2 can be stored in any suitable form.
- the first reagent R 1 and/or the second reagent R 2 can be stored in lyophilized form to promote stability for one year, two years, or longer.
- the lyophilized reagents can be reconstituted for use within the device 2000 .
- the reagent module 2700 can contain any suitable reagents and can be fluidically coupled to and/or can convey such reagents to any suitable module within the device 2000 .
- the reagent volume can contain any of a sample wash, an elution buffer, one or more PCR reagents, a detection reagent and/or a substrate.
- the detection module 2800 is configured to receive the detection solution S 2 from the amplification module 1600 and the reagents from the reagent module 2700 to produce a visible signal (or output) OP to indicate presence or absence of a target organism in the input biological sample S 1 .
- the detection module 2800 includes a cover 2802 and a detection housing 2810 .
- the detection housing 2810 defines a detection channel 2812 , and includes a detection surface 2821 within the detection channel 2812 .
- the detection channel 2812 is in (or can be placed in) fluid communication with the amplification module 2600 and the reagent module 2700 .
- the detection solution S 2 containing the target amplicon can be conveyed into the detection channel 2812 and across the detection surface 2821 .
- the first reagent R 1 and the second reagent R 2 can be conveyed into the detection channel 2812 and across the detection surface 2821 .
- the detection surface 2821 includes a series of capture probes to which the target amplicon can be bound when the detection solutions S 2 flows across the detection surface 2821 .
- the capture probes can be any suitable probes formulated to capture or bind to the target amplicon.
- the capture probes can be any of single stranded nucleic acids, antibodies, or binding proteins.
- the capture probes have the following general structure (DNA base sequences here are only examples, and will vary according to the target amplicon):
- the capture probes can be modified to also contain spacer molecules, as per this structure:
- the capture probes can be modified to include only the intended DNA bases, as per this structure:
- the capture probes also include extra non-target bases, as per this structure:
- the capture probes can be formulated, designed or engineered to have a relatively high melting temperature (Tm) value (e.g., approximately 67° C.). In other embodiments, the capture probes can have a melting temperature (Tm) value that ranges from 35° C. to 85° C., 60° C. to 85° C., 60° C. to 75° C., 65° C. to 70° C., or 66° C. to 68° C.
- Tm melting temperature
- One advantage of capture probes having a high Tm value is that the flow cell can be heated to a wide range of temperatures during operation without causing the capture probe to release the target amplicon.
- the capture probes are designed against sequences from Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis, Trichomonas vaginalis, Neisseria subflava and a negative control sequence such as sequence from Bacillus atrophaeus or random bases.
- the cover 2802 is coupled to the detection housing 2810 to enclose the detection channel 2812 .
- the cover 2802 and the detection housing 2810 form a “flow cell” for detection of target amplicon.
- the cover 2802 includes a transparent portion through which the visible signal OP can be viewed.
- the cover 2802 is coupled to the detection housing 2810 opposite from the detection surface 2821 .
- the detection channel 2812 has a rectangular cross-sectional shape characterized by a depth D and a width W (as shown in FIG. 6 ). The depth D and width W are selected to ensure that there is sufficient sample volume to fill the detection channel 2812 . For example, if the depth D and width W are too large, the required sample volume to fill the detection channel 2812 will be greater than that which can be supplied by the modules within the test device 2000 .
- the depth D and width W must be large enough to ensure that the visible signal OP can be easily seen.
- the width W must be of sufficient size so that the detection surface 2821 can be easily seen.
- the width W can be between about 2 mm and about 5 mm. In other embodiments, the width W can be between about 2 mm and about 10 mm. In yet other embodiments, the width W can be between about 2.5 mm and about 3.5 mm.
- the volume of the detection solution S 2 above the detection surface 2821 i.e., the depth D
- the depth D can affect the intensity of the color generated during the reaction. A larger volume (or higher depth D) will generate a deeper color, while a lower volume will generate a paler color.
- the depth D can be between about 0.125 mm and about 0.750 mm. In other embodiments, the depth D can be between about 0.125 mm and about 1.50 mm. In yet other embodiments, the depth D can be about 0.250 mm.
- the molecular diagnostic test device 2000 (and any of the molecular diagnostic test devices described herein) can perform any of the methods described herein.
- the detection module 2800 can produce a colorimetric output (identified as OP in FIGS. 5 and 6 ) that indicates a presence of a target organism in the biological sample.
- the test device 2000 can produce a colorimetric output that is easily viewed by the user (i.e., can be of sufficient size and color properties) to be seen by the user without external aids (e.g., a magnifying glass, camera, or the like).
- molecular diagnostic test device 2000 (and any of the molecular diagnostic test devices described herein) can perform a detection method as described below with reference to FIGS. 7 and 8 (and the detection module 3800 ).
- the detection module 2800 is shown as including only a single detection surface 2821 , in other embodiments, the detection module 2800 (or any of the detection modules shown and described herein) can include any suitable number of detection surfaces.
- a detection module can include up to five detection surfaces, each surface being configured to capture different amplicons and/or control organisms. In this manner, the detection module 2800 (and any of the detection modules shown and described herein) can facilitate a multiplex test.
- the detection module 2800 (and any of the detection modules shown and described herein) can include five detection surfaces to test for three different indications (plus two control surfaces).
- a detection module can include up to 20 detection surfaces, each surface being configured to capture different amplicons and/or control organisms.
- the detection surface 2821 (and any of the detection surfaces described herein) can have any suitable shape and area.
- the shape and area can facilitate visualizing the output signal OP produced from the detection surface.
- the detection surface 2821 (and any of the detection surfaces described herein) can have an area of between about 2 mm 2 and about 5 mm 2 .
- the detection surface 2821 (and any of the detection surfaces described herein) can have an area of between about 5 mm 2 and about 20 mm 2 .
- the detection surface 2821 (and any of the detection surfaces described herein) can be circular, rectangular, or any other suitable shape that facilitates the desired flow properties for the detection channel and visualization properties.
- the detection surface 2821 (and any of the detection surfaces described herein) can have an elliptical shape where a major axis of the ellipse is aligned with a direction of flow of the detection solution S 2 within the detection channel 2812 .
- the detection surface 2821 is described as including a series of capture probes associated with a target amplicon, in other embodiments, the detection surface 2821 (and any of the detection surfaces described herein) can include a mixture of more than one capture probe.
- a detection surface can be a “positive control” surface that includes capture probes for both a control organism, as well as any organisms for which detection is sought. In this manner, the visible output signal will always appear from the positive control surface if the amplification is successful.
- control detection surface only includes the captures probes associated with the positive control organism, there could be cases in which a highly positive amplification reaction from one of the target organisms could out-compete the control amplicon production, thus resulting no color of the positive control chamber.
- the device 2000 can include an “always on” positive control, which can be easily read and interpreted.
- the detection module 2800 (and any of the amplification module described herein) can be used within any suitable diagnostic device, such as in any of the molecular diagnostic devices shown and described in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a molecular diagnostic system 3000 (also referred to as “system” or “diagnostic device”), according to an embodiment.
- the diagnostic device 3000 is configured to manipulate a sample to produce an optical indication (e.g., a colorimetric output) associated with a target cell according to any of the methods described herein.
- the diagnostic device 3000 can be a single-use, disposable device that can provide an optical output without need for any additional instrument to manipulate or otherwise condition the diagnostic device 3000 .
- the diagnostic device 3000 is an integrated cartridge/instrument, and the entire unit can be used to perform a diagnostic assay and then be disposed.
- the diagnostic device 3000 includes a sample transfer device 3100 , a sample preparation module 3200 , an inactivation chamber 3300 , a fluidic drive module 3400 , a mixing chamber 3500 , an amplification module 3600 , a reagent storage module 3700 , a detection module 3800 , a power/electronics module 3900 , and a control module 3950 .
- a brief description of the major subsystems of the diagnostic device 3000 is provided below.
- the sample transfer device 3100 is configured to transport a sample such as, for example, a blood, urine, male urethral specimens, vaginal specimens, cervical swab specimens, nasal swab specimens, or any other biological sample of the types described herein.
- the sample can be gathered using a commercially available sample collection kit, and can be conveyed, using the sample transfer device 3100 , to the sample preparation module 3200 .
- the sample collection kit can be a urine collection kit or swab collection kit.
- Non-limiting examples of such sample collection kits include Copan MSwabTM or BD ProbeTecTM Urine Preservative Transport Kit, Cat #440928, neat urine.
- the sample transfer device 3100 dispenses and/or otherwise transfers an amount of sample or sample/media to the sample preparation module 3200 through an input port (not shown, but which can be similar to the opening 1052 described above). The input port can then be capped.
- the sample transfer device 3100 can be locked and/or fixedly coupled to the sample preparation module 3200 as a part of the dispensing operation. In this manner, the interface between the sample transfer device 3100 and the sample preparation module 3200 can be configured to prevent reuse of the diagnostic device 3000 , transfer of additional samples, or the like.
- the diagnostic device 3000 need not include a sample transfer device
- the sample preparation module 3200 is configured to process the sample.
- the sample preparation module 3200 can be configured to concentrate and lyse cells in the sample, thereby allowing subsequent extraction of DNA.
- the processed/lysed sample is pushed and/or otherwise transferred from the sample preparation module 3200 to the inactivation chamber 3300 , which is configured to inactivate, in the lysed sample, the proteins used during lysing.
- the fluidic drive module 3400 is configured to aspirate the sample from the inactivation chamber 3300 , and is further configured to convey the sample to the amplification module 3600 .
- the fluidic drive module 3400 is also configured to convey the sample and/or reagents (e.g., from the reagent storage module 3700 ) to perform any of the methods of diagnostic testing described herein. Similarly stated, the fluidic drive module 3400 is configured to generate fluid pressure, fluid flow and/or otherwise convey the input sample through the modules of the device.
- the mixing chamber 3500 mixes the output of inactivation chamber 3300 with the reagents necessary to conduct an amplification reaction (e.g., PCR).
- the mixing chamber 3500 can contain the amplification reagents in the form of one or more lyophilized reagent beads that contain the primers and enzymes necessary for the amplification reaction.
- the mixing chamber 3500 can be configured to hydrate and/or reconstitute the lyophilized beads in a given input volume, while ensuring even local concentrations of reagents in the entirety of the volume.
- the mixing chamber 3500 can include any suitable mechanism for producing the desired solution, such as, for example, a continuous flow mixing channel, an active mixing element (e.g., a stir rod) and/or a vibratory mixing element.
- a continuous flow mixing channel e.g., a continuous flow mixing channel
- an active mixing element e.g., a stir rod
- a vibratory mixing element e.g., a vibratory mixing element
- the amplification module 3600 is configured to amplify the sample (e.g., via polymerase chain reaction (PCR)) to generate an amplified sample, in any manner as described herein.
- the amplification module 3600 can be similar to the amplification module 4600 (or any other amplification module described herein).
- the amplified sample also referred to as the detection solution
- the detection module 3800 is configured to run and/or facilitate a colorimetric enzymatic reaction on the amplified sample.
- a series of reagents from the reagent storage module 3700 can be conveyed by the fluidic drive module 3400 to facilitate the optical output from the test.
- the various modules/subsystems of the main diagnostic device 3000 are controlled and/or powered by the power/electronics module 3900 and the control module 3950 .
- control module 3950 can include one or more modules, and can automatically control the valves, pumps, power delivery and/or any other components of the diagnostic device 3000 to facilitate the molecular testing as described herein.
- the control module 3950 can include a memory, a processor, an input/output module (or interface), and any other suitable modules or software to perform the functions described herein.
- FIG. 8 illustrates a portion of the operations and/or features associated with an enzymatic reaction, according to an embodiment, that can be conducted by or within the detection module 3800 , or any other detection module described herein (e.g., the detection module 2800 or 4800 described herein).
- the enzymatic reaction can be carried out to facilitate visual detection of a molecular diagnostic test result using the device 3000 , the device 4000 , or any other devices or systems described herein.
- the reaction, the detection module 3800 , and/or the remaining components within the test unit 3000 can be collectively configured such that the test unit 3000 is a single-use device that can be used in a point-of-care setting and/or in a user's home.
- the test unit 3000 (and any of the other devices shown and described herein) can be configured for use in a decentralized test facility.
- the reaction shown in FIG. 8 can facilitate the test unit 3000 (and any of the other devices shown and described herein) operating with sufficient simplicity and accuracy to be a CLIA-waived device.
- the reaction shown in FIG. 8 can provide the output signal OP 1 in a manner that poses a limited likelihood of misuse and/or that poses a limited risk of harm if used improperly.
- the reaction can be successfully completed within the test unit 3000 (or any other device described herein) upon actuation by a user with minimal (or no) scientific training, in accordance with methods that require little judgment of the user, and/or in which certain operational steps are easily and/or automatically controlled.
- the detection module 3800 includes a detection surface 3821 within a read lane or flow channel.
- the detection surface 3821 is spotted and/or covalently bonded with a specific hybridizing probe 3870 , such as an oligonucleotide.
- the hybridizing probe 3870 (also referred to as a capture probe) can be similar to any of the capture probes described herein, including those described in conjunction with the detection surface 2821 .
- the hybridizing probe 3870 is specific for a target organism and/or amplicon.
- the bonding of the hybridizing probe 3870 to the detection surface 3821 can be performed using any suitable procedure or mechanism.
- the hybridizing probe 3870 can be covalently bound to the detection surface 3821 .
- Reference S 7 illustrates the biotinylated amplicon that is produced from the amplification step such as, for example, by the amplification module 3600 of FIG. 7 (or any other amplification modules described herein).
- the biotin can be incorporated within the amplification operation and/or within the amplification module 3600 in any suitable manner.
- the output from the amplification module, including the biotinylated amplicon S 7 is conveyed within the read lane and across the detection surface 3821 .
- the hybridizing probe 3870 is formulated to hybridize to the target amplicon S 7 that is present within the flow channel and/or in proximity to the detection surface 3821 .
- the detection module 3800 and/or the detection surface 3821 is heated to incubate the biotinylated amplicon S 7 in the read lane in the presence of the hybridizing probe 3870 for a few minutes allowing binding to occur. In this manner, the target amplicon S 7 is captured and/or is affixed to the detection surface 3821 , as shown.
- the target molecules can be labeled in any suitable manner that will allow binding of the complex comprising a sample molecule binding moiety and an enzyme capable of facilitating a colorimetric reaction.
- the target molecules can be labeled with one or more of the following: streptavidin, fluorescein, Texas Red, digoxigenin, or Fucose.
- a first wash solution (not shown in FIG. 8 ) can be conveyed across the detection surface 3821 and/or within the flow channel to remove unbound PCR products and/or any remaining solution. In other embodiments, however, no wash operation is conducted.
- a detection reagent R 1 is conveyed within the read lane and across the detection surface 3821 .
- the detection reagent R 1 can be any of the detection reagents described herein, include those described as being the first reagent R 1 within the reagent module 2700 .
- the detection reagent R 1 can be a horseradish peroxidase (HRP) enzyme (“enzyme”) with a streptavidin linker.
- the streptavidin and the HRP are cross-linked to provide dual functionality.
- the detection reagent is bound to the captured amplicon S 7 .
- the detection module 3800 and/or the detection surface 3821 is heated to incubate the detection reagent R 1 within the read lane in the presence of the biotinylated amplicon S 7 for a few minutes to facilitate binding.
- a second wash solution (not shown in FIG. 8 ) can be conveyed across the detection surface 3821 and/or within the flow channel to remove unbound detection reagent R 4 . In other embodiments, however, no second wash operation is conducted.
- a detection reagent R 2 is conveyed within the read lane and across the detection surface 3821 .
- the detection reagent R 2 can be can be any of the detection reagents described herein, include those described as being the second reagent R 2 within the reagent module 2700 .
- the detection reagent R 2 can be, for example, a substrate formulated to enhance, catalyze and/or promote the production of the signal OP 1 from the detection reagent R 1 .
- the substrate is formulated such that upon contact with the detection reagent R 1 (the HRP/streptavidin) a colorimetric output signal OP 1 is developed where HRP attaches to the amplicon.
- the color of the output signal OP 1 indicates the presence of bound amplicon: if the target pathogen, target amplicon and/or target organism is present, the color product is formed, and if the target pathogen, target amplicon and/or target organism is not present, the color product does not form.
- the detection module upon completion of the reaction, if the target pathogen, target amplicon and/or target organism is present the detection module produces a signal OP 1 .
- the signal OP 1 is a non-fluorescent, visual signal that can viewed by the user (e.g., through a detection opening or window defined by a device housing).
- This arrangement allows the device to be devoid of a light source (e.g., lasers, light-emitting diodes or the like) and/or any light detectors (photomultiplier tube, photodiodes, CCD devices, or the like) to detect and/or amplify the signal OP 1 .
- the reaction produces a colorimetric output signal that is visible to the user, and that requires little to no scientific training and/or little to no judgment to determine whether the target organism is present.
- the reagents R 1 , R 2 are formulated such that the visible signal OP 1 remains present for at least about 30 minutes. In some embodiments, the visible signal OP 1 remains present for at least about an hour. In some embodiments, the visible signal OP 1 remains present for at least about two hours, at least about 12 hours, at least about 24 hours, or at least about 48 hours.
- the reagents R 1 , R 2 can be stored within a housing (not shown in FIG. 8 ) in any manner as described herein (e.g., in a sealed container, a lyophilized form or the like).
- FIG. 9 is a schematic illustration of a molecular diagnostic test device 1000 (also referred to as a “test device” or “device”), according to an embodiment.
- the schematic illustration describes the primary components of the test device 4000 as shown in FIG. 10 .
- the test device 4000 is an integrated device (i.e., the modules are contained within a single housing) that is suitable for use within a point-of-care setting (e.g., doctor's office, pharmacy or the like), decentralized test facility, or at the user's home.
- the device 4000 can have a size, shape and/or weight such that the device 4000 can be carried, held, used and/or manipulated in a user's hands (i.e., it can be a “handheld” device).
- a handheld device may have dimensions less than 15 cm ⁇ 15 cm ⁇ 15 cm, or less than 15 cm ⁇ 15 cm ⁇ 10 cm, or less than 12 cm ⁇ 12 cm ⁇ 6 cm.
- the test device 4000 can be a self-contained, single-use device.
- the test device 4000 can be configured with lock-outs or other mechanisms to prevent re-use or attempts to re-use the device.
- the device 4000 can be a CLIA-waived device and/or can operate in accordance with methods that are CLIA waived.
- the device 4000 (and any of the other devices shown and described herein) is configured to be operated in a sufficiently simple manner, and can produce results with sufficient accuracy to pose a limited likelihood of misuse and/or to pose a limited risk of harm if used improperly.
- the device 4000 (and any of the other devices shown and described herein), can be operated by a user with minimal (or no) scientific training, in accordance with methods that require little judgment of the user, and/or in which certain operational steps are easily and/or automatically controlled.
- the molecular diagnostic test device 4000 can be configured for long term storage in a manner that poses a limited likelihood of misuse (spoilage of the reagent(s), expiration of the reagents(s), leakage of the reagent(s), or the like). In some embodiments, the molecular diagnostic test device 4000 is configured to be stored for up to about 36 months, up to about 32 months, up to about 26 months, up to about 24 months, up to about 20 months, up to about 48 months, or any values there between.
- the test device 4000 is configured to manipulate a biological sample Si to produce one or more output signals associated with a target cell.
- the device 4000 includes a sample preparation module 4200 , an inactivation module 4300 (also referred to as a lysing module), a fluidic drive (or fluid transfer) module 4400 , a mixing chamber 4500 , an amplification module, a detection module and a power and control module (not shown).
- the test device and certain components therein can be similar to any of the molecular test devices shown and described herein or in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Accordingly, a detailed description of certain modules (e.g., the fluidic drive module 4400 ) is not provided herein. A description of each of the modules is provided below.
- FIGS. 10-65 show various views of the molecular diagnostic test device 4000 .
- the test device 4000 is configured to manipulate an input sample to produce one or more output signals associated with a target cell, according to any of the methods described herein.
- the diagnostic test device 4000 includes a housing 4001 (including a top portion 4010 and a bottom portion 4030 ), within which the modules described herein are fully or partially contained. Similarly stated, the housing 4001 (including the top portion 4010 and/or the bottom portion 4030 ) at least partially surround and/or enclose the modules. As shown in FIG.
- the device 4000 includes a sample input module 4170 , a sample preparation module 4200 , an inactivation module 4300 , a fluidic drive (or fluid transfer) module 4400 , a mixing chamber 4500 , an amplification module 4600 , a detection module 4800 , a reagent storage module 4700 , a rotary venting valve 4340 , and a power and control module 4900 .
- the sample preparation module 4200 can be considered as including the sample input module 4170 and/or the inactivation (also referred to as the lysing) module 4300 , but in other embodiments, these modules can be considered as distinct from the sample preparation module 4200 .
- a description of the housing assembly 4001 if followed by a description of each module and/or subsystem.
- the housing assembly 4001 includes the top housing 4010 , the bottom housing 4040 , the vertical manifold 4035 (see FIGS. 18 and 19 ), the sample transfer manifold 4100 .
- the top housing 4010 includes a label 4020 that defines a series of detection openings 4011 that are aligned with the detection module 4800 . In this manner, the signal produced by and/or on each detection surface of the detection module 4800 is visible through the appropriate detection opening 4011 .
- the top housing 4010 and/or the label 4020 is opaque (or semi-opaque), thereby “framing” or accentuating the detection openings.
- the top housing 4010 can include markings 4017 (e.g., thick lines, colors or the like) to highlight the detection opening 4011 .
- the top housing 4010 can include indicia 4017 identifying the detection opening to a specific disease (e.g., Chlamydia trachomatis (CT), Neisseria gonorrhea (NG) and Trichomonas vaginalis (TV)) or control.
- CT Chlamydia trachomatis
- NG Neisseria gonorrhea
- TV Trichomonas vaginalis
- the top housing 4010 can include a series of color spots having a range of colors associated with a range of colors that is likely produced by the signals produced during the test. In this manner, the housing and/or the label 4020 can contribute to reducing the amount of user judgment required to accurately read the test.
- the top housing 4010 includes a lid portion 4004 to which the sample lid 4140 is movably coupled.
- the lid portion 4004 includes a recessed surface against which the lid 4140 can be moved, and defines a series of channels 4005 .
- the channels 4005 slidably receive the rails (also referred to as protrusions) 4145 of the lid 4140 .
- the rails 4145 engage a shoulder or lock surface that defines the channels 4005 thereby preventing movement of the lid 4140 and a direction nonparallel to the direction shown by the arrow NN in FIG. 52 .
- the top housing 4010 includes a lock surface to which the lid 4140 engages to prevent downward motion of the lid 4140 and the sample input actuator 4050 when the lid 4140 is in the opened position.
- the top housing 4010 defines a series of actuator guide slots, each pair of which engages one of the actuator buttons, as described herein.
- the top housing 4010 defines a first pair of actuator guide slots 4022 that slidingly receive the mounting protrusions 4063 of the first (or sample input) actuator 4050 .
- the top housing 4010 includes a lock protrusion 4023 between the two guide slots 4022 that engages the spring clip 4095 coupled to the first actuator 4050 when the first actuator 4050 is in its second (or actuated) position.
- the top housing 4010 includes a lock surface (i.e., the lock protrusion 4023 ) that maintains the first actuator 4050 in its second (or actuated) position to prevent reuse of the diagnostic device 4000 , transfer of additional samples into the sample input module 4170 , or attempts to actuate the first actuator 4050 multiple times.
- the top housing 4010 defines a second pair of actuator guide slots 4026 that slidingly receive the mounting protrusions 4073 of the second (or wash) actuator 4070 .
- the top housing 4010 includes a lock protrusion 4027 between the two guide slots 4026 that engages the spring clip 4095 coupled to the second actuator 4070 when the second actuator 4070 is in its second (or actuated) position.
- the top housing 4010 includes a lock surface (i.e., the lock protrusion 4027 ) that maintains the second actuator 4070 in its second (or actuated) position to prevent reuse of the diagnostic device 4000 , or attempts to actuate the second actuator 4070 multiple times.
- the top housing 4010 defines a third pair of actuator guide slots 4031 that slidingly receive the mounting protrusions 4083 of the third (or reagent) actuator 4080 .
- the top housing 4010 includes a pair of lock protrusions 4032 between the two guide slots 4031 that engage the spring clips 4095 coupled to the third actuator 4080 when the third actuator 4080 is in its second (or actuated) position.
- the top housing 4010 includes a lock surface (i.e., the lock protrusions 4032 ) that maintain the third actuator 4080 in its second (or actuated) position to prevent reuse of the diagnostic device 4000 , or attempts to actuate the third actuator 4080 multiple times.
- a lock surface i.e., the lock protrusions 4032
- the housing assembly 4001 includes the vertical manifold 4035 , which provides both structural support and defines flow paths for various fluids that are conveyed within the device 4000 .
- the vertical manifold 4035 includes two lock arms 4036 .
- the lock arms 4036 are positioned against the reagent locks (or lock levers) 4130 (see FIGS. 55 and 57 ) to maintain the reagent locks 4130 in their locked positions.
- the vertical manifold 4035 defines a series of reagent passages through which reagents are conveyed from the reagent module 4700 to the detection module 4800 .
- the vertical manifold 4035 defines a first reagent passage 4043 through which a first reagent (e.g., a wash) can flow into the detection module 4800 , a second reagent passage 4044 through which a second reagent (e.g., a detection reagent) can flow into the detection module 4800 , a third reagent passage 4045 through which a third reagent (e.g., a detection reagent, such as a substrate) can flow into the detection module 4800 , and a fourth reagent passage 4046 through which a fourth reagent (e.g., a second volume of a detection reagent, such as a substrate) can flow into the detection module 4800 .
- the vertical manifold 4035 defines a first vent passage 4047 and a second vent passage 4048 .
- any of the reagents described herein can be conveyed into the detection module 4800 via any of the reagent passages.
- two successive volumes of the same reagent can be conveyed into the detection module via two different reagent passages.
- a substrate reagent formulated to enhance, catalyze and/or promote the production of the signal OP 1 from the detection reagent e.g., similar to the reagent R 2 described above
- a first volume of the substrate reagent can be conveyed into the detection module 4800 via the third reagent passage 4045 at a first time, and a second volume of the substrate reagent can be conveyed into the detection module 4800 via the fourth reagent passage 4046 at a second time.
- the housing assembly 4001 includes the sample transfer manifold 4100 , which provide both structural support and defines flow paths for various fluids that are conveyed within the device 4000 .
- the sample transfer manifold 4100 includes a sample input portion 4102 , a wash portion 4103 , an elution portion 4104 , and a reagent portion 4105 . Details of each of these portions is discussed below in conjunction with the various modules of the device 4000 .
- the sample preparation module 4200 includes a sample input module 4170 , a wash module 4210 , an elution module 4260 , a filter assembly 4230 , and various fluidic conduits (e.g., tubes, lines, valves, etc.) connecting the various components.
- the device 4000 also includes the lysing module 4300 , which, together with the sample preparation module 4200 , performs the nucleic acid extraction according to any of the methods described herein.
- sample preparation module 4200 the sample input module 4170 , and the inactivation module 4300 are described as separate modules, in other embodiments, the structure and function of the sample preparation module 4200 can be included within or performed by the inactivation module 4300 and/or the sample input module 4170 , and vice-versa.
- any of the sample input modules, sample preparation modules, inactivation modules and/or lysing modules described herein can include any of the structure and/or perform any of the functions of the other modules to perform any of the methods of sample preparation or nucleic acid extraction described herein.
- the device 4000 is suitable for use within a point-of-care setting (e.g., doctor's office, pharmacy or the like) or at the user's home, and can receive any suitable biological sample S 1 .
- the biological sample S 1 (and any of the input samples described herein) can be, for example, blood, urine, male urethral specimens, vaginal specimens, cervical swab specimens, and/or nasal swab specimens gathered using a commercially available sample collection kit.
- the sample input module 4170 is configured to receive a biological sample S 1 containing a biological entity, and convey the biological sample toward the remaining elements of the sample preparation module 4200 (e.g., the filter assembly 4230 ).
- the biological sample S 1 can be any of the sample types described herein, and the biological entity can be any of the entities described herein.
- the sample input module 4170 includes the sample input portion 4102 of the sample transfer manifold 4100 , the sample input (or first) actuator 4050 , and the lid 1140 .
- the sample input portion 4102 of the sample transfer manifold 4100 includes a cylindrical housing 4172 and a cover 4180 . As shown in FIGS.
- the top surface of the cylindrical housing 4172 (including the top surface 4173 and/or portions of the cover 4180 ) and the inner surface 4067 of the first actuator 4050 define a sample input volume 4068 , within which the biological sample is conveyed at the start of a test.
- the outer portion of the cylindrical housing 4172 includes one or more seals 4177 slidingly engage the inner surface 4067 of the first actuator 4050 to form a fluid-tight seal.
- the cylindrical housing 4172 includes the top surface 4173 (see FIG. 26 ) that defines a reagent volume 4175 within which a lyophilized reagent 4190 is contained.
- the lyophilized bead 4190 is retained within the reagent volume 4175 by the cover 4180 , which defines a series of openings.
- the biological sample can be conveyed through the openings of the cover 4180 and into the reagent volume 4175 to mix with and reconstitute the lyophilized reagent 4190 .
- the sample input module 4170 functions both to convey the sample into the device and also to ensure that the desired reagents are mixed into the biological sample.
- the lyophilized reagent 4190 can be any of the reagents described herein.
- the lyophilized reagent 4190 can be a positive control organism, such as Aliivibrio fischeri, N. subflava, or any other suitable organism.
- Aliivibrio fischeri is suitable because it is gram negative, nonpathogenic, bio safety level 1, not harmful to the environment, and is extremely unlikely to be found on a human.
- the positive control surface within the detection module contains capture probes for both the control organism (e.g., A. fischeri ) as well as each of the target organisms. This arrangement ensures that the positive control surface always produces color if the device functions correctly.
- the cylindrical housing 4172 defines a first (or vertical) fluid passage 4176 that is between (and fluid communication with) a sample input passage 4108 defined by the sample transfer manifold 4100 (see also FIG. 25 , which shows the various fluid passages).
- the sample input passage 4108 is in fluid communication with the wash module 4210 and the filter assembly 4230 .
- the sample is conveyed in this manner to the filter assembly 4230 .
- the sample input (or first) actuator 4050 includes a top surface 4051 , a side surface 4058 , a back surface 4062 , and an inner surface 4067 .
- the top surface 4051 defines an opening 4052 into the sample input volume 4068 .
- the top surface 4051 also includes a seal 4053 surrounding the opening 4052 .
- the seal 4053 can be an elastomeric seal, such as an O-ring or the like, and can produce a substantially fluid-tight seal to protect against spilling or leaking during the test.
- the seal 4053 also fluidically isolates the sample input volume 4068 such that the pressure generated therein can be maintained to convey the biological sample through the passage 4108 (rather than leaking out via the opening 4052 ).
- the top surface 4051 includes a protrusion 4054 and defines two side slots 4055 and two lock openings 4056 .
- the protrusion 4054 is in contact with the end of the lid 4140 when the lid 4140 is in its opened position. In this manner, the protrusion 4054 acts as a detent to limit movement of the lid 4140 from its opened position ( FIG. 10 ) to its closed position ( FIG. 52 ).
- the protrusion 4054 can offer resistance against the movement of the lid 4140 towards the second (or closed) position, thereby limiting the likelihood that a user will inadvertently close the lid 4140 before desired.
- the side slots 4055 are aligned with the channels 4005 of the top housing 4010 , and slidably receive the rails (also referred to as protrusions) 4145 of the lid 4140 .
- the rails 4145 move from the channels 4005 and into the side slots 4055 of the first actuator 4050 .
- the lid 4140 is in the opened position, because the rails 4145 are disengaged from the top housing 4010 , the lid 4140 (and therefore the first actuator 4050 ) are free to move relative to the top housing 4050 .
- the two lock openings 4056 are “through openings” beneath two side slots 4055 , and define a volume within which the lock portions 4146 of the lid 4140 can expand (or deform) when the lid 4140 is in the closed position (see FIG. 53 ). In this manner, the lock portions 4146 engage a shoulder that borders the two lock openings 4056 to prevent the lid 4140 from being moved from its closed position back towards its opened position.
- the side surface 4058 includes a raised surface that matingly engages with a side surface 4059 of the second (wash) actuator 4070 . In this manner, when the second actuator 4070 is moved to its second position, the side surface 4058 of the first actuator 4050 guides the movement of the second actuator 4070 . As described above, the inner surface 4067 defines a portion of a boundary of the sample input volume 4068 .
- the back surface 4062 includes a pair of mounting protrusions 4063 .
- the mounting protrusions 4063 are received within the actuator guide slots 4022 , as described above.
- the mounting protrusions 4063 each include a connection portion that is connected to the base 4096 of the spring clip 4095 (see FIGS. 32 and 40 ).
- the spring clip 4095 is coupled to the mounting protrusions 4063 such that when the first actuator 4050 is in its first position, the lock protrusion 4023 of the housing (i.e., between the two actuator guide slots 4022 ) is between the spring clip 4095 and the back surface 4062 (see FIG. 58 ). As shown in FIG.
- the spring clip 4095 includes a resilient portion 4097 that biases the lock portion 4098 of the spring clip 4095 against the lock protrusion 4023 .
- the lock portion 4098 becomes disengaged with the lock protrusion 4023 of the housing, and contacts the back surface 4062 of the first actuator 4050 . In this manner, the lock portion 4098 will engage the shoulder of the lock protrusion 4023 if the first actuator 4050 is moved back towards its first position. In this manner, the first actuator 4050 is retained in its second position.
- the inboard mounting protrusion 4063 (i.e., the protrusion adjacent the second actuator 4070 ) includes an actuation protrusion 4066 .
- the actuation protrusion 4066 is configured to contact the reagent lock 4130 that is in contact with the second actuator 4070 (see FIGS. 55 and 57 ).
- the first actuator 4050 When the first actuator 4050 is in its first position, the reagent lock 4130 is in contact with the second actuator 4070 , thereby preventing the second actuator 4070 from being moved.
- the first actuator 4050 moves from its first position ( FIG. 55 ) to its second position ( FIG.
- the actuation protrusion 4066 causes the reagent lock 4130 to rotate as shown by the arrow PP in FIG. 57 to release the reagent lock 4130 from the second actuator 4070 .
- the second actuator 4070 cannot be depressed (or moved) before the first actuator 4050 is moved to its second (or actuated) position.
- the lid 4140 includes a top portion 4141 , a cover portion 4142 , and a pair of side rails 4145 .
- the top portion 4141 extends above the surface of the top housing 4010 and can be manipulated or grasped by the user to move the lid 4140 from the first lid position to the second lid position.
- the cover portion 4142 includes an indicator 4144 (i.e., “1”) to guide a user in the correct sequence of steps for use of the apparatus 4000 .
- the bottom surface 4143 (or seal surface 4143 ) of the cover portion 4142 engages the seal 4053 when the lid 4140 is in the closed position to produce a substantially fluid-tight seal to protect against spilling or leaking during the test.
- the side rails 4145 each include a lock portion 4146 .
- the lock portions 4146 are deformed when the lid 4140 is in its opened position such that the side rails 4145 , including the lock portions 4146 , are within the channels 4005 of the top housing 4010 .
- the lock portions 4146 expand or deform to their natural condition (as shown) and extend within the two lock openings 4056 to prevent the lid 4140 from being moved from its closed position back towards its opened position (see FIG. 53 ).
- the wash module 4210 is configured to convey a wash solution toward the remaining elements of the sample preparation module 4200 (e.g., the filter assembly 4230 ). Importantly, as described herein, the wash module 4210 is configured such that it cannot be actuated out of the desired sequence of operations. Specifically, the wash module 4210 is configured to be locked until after the biological sample has been conveyed to the sample preparation module 4200 .
- the wash module 4210 includes the wash portion 4103 of the sample transfer manifold 4100 , the wash (or second) actuator 4070 , and a wash container 4220 . Referring to FIGS. 21-25, and 27 , the wash portion 4103 of the sample transfer manifold 4100 includes a cylindrical housing 4211 and a top surface (or cover) 4123 .
- the upper portion of the cylindrical housing 4211 defines a volume 4212 within which the wash container 4220 is disposed.
- the wash container 4220 includes a side wall 4221 that is sealingly engaged with in inner side wall of the cylindrical housing 4211 .
- the wash container 4220 can include any number of seals (e.g., O-rings, gaskets, or the like) to fluidically isolate the volume 4212 from the external volume of the device 4000 . In this manner, the sealed wash container 4220 can limit backflow of the wash solution out of the device 4000 .
- the lower portion of the wash container 4220 is sealed with a frangible member to define a sealed container suitable for long-term storage of the wash solution.
- frangible seals are punctured upon actuation of the wash module 4210 allow the wash solution within the container 4220 to be conveyed to the filter assembly 4230 .
- the frangible seals can be, for example, a heat-sealed BOPP film (or any other suitable thermoplastic film). Such films have excellent barrier properties, which prevent interaction between the fluids within the canister and external humidity, but also have weak structural properties, allowing the films to be easily broken when needed.
- the wash solution within the wash container 4220 can be any suitable solution.
- the wash solution is preceded by the trapped air between the frangible seal and the cover 4123 .
- a gas (or air) wash By including a gas (or air) wash, the amount of liquid constituents from the input sample and wash solution (within the container 4220 ) conveyed to the filter assembly 4230 can be reduced.
- the filter assembly 4230 will retain the desired sample cells and some amount of residual liquid.
- the filter assembly 4230 will retain the desired sample cells and some amount of residual liquid.
- the filter By forcing the first, gaseous wash composition through the filter (i.e., an “air wash”), the amount of residual liquid can be minimized.
- This arrangement can reduce the amount of liquid wash (e.g., the wash composition within the wash container 4220 ) needed to sufficiently prepare the sample particles. Reducing the liquid volume contributes to the reduction size of the device 4000 and also reduces the likelihood of potentially harmful shearing stress when the liquid wash is flowed through the filter assembly.
- liquid wash e.g., the wash composition within the wash container 4220
- the lower portion of the cylindrical housing 4211 defines a second (or vertical) fluid passage 4216 that is between (and fluid communication with) the sample input passage 4108 .
- a check valve 4219 is included within the second passage 4216 , and is retained in place by the cover 4123 .
- the check valve 4219 prevents backflow from the sample input passage 4108 upward into the volume 4212 (i.e., in a direction opposite the direction shown by arrow HH).
- the cover 4123 also includes a series of puncturers 4215 (only one is identified in FIG. 27 ). In use, when the wash container 4220 is moved downward (in the direction shown by the arrow HH), the puncturers rupture the frangible membrane to release the wash solution from within the wash container 4220 .
- the housing 4211 defines an annular groove or opening that receives the side wall of the wash container 4220 after it has been punctured and moved downward. In this manner, the dead volume produced by the interface between the wash container 4220 and the housing 4211 is minimized.
- the sample input passage 4108 extends from the sample input module 4170 to the wash module 4210 , and on to the filter assembly 4230 .
- the wash solution (described herein) can be conveyed along a portion of the same path (the sample input passage 4108 ) to the filter assembly 4230 .
- the wash solution can be conveyed from the wash container 4220 and through the second fluid passage 4216 , as shown by the arrow HH in FIG. 27 .
- the wash module 4210 is actuated by the wash (or second) actuator 4070 .
- the wash (or second) actuator 4070 includes a top surface 4071 , a first side surface 4059 , a second side surface 4078 , a back surface 4072 , and an inner surface 4077 .
- the top surface 4071 includes an indicator 4060 (i.e., “2”) to guide a user in the correct sequence of steps for use of the apparatus 4000 .
- the first side surface 4059 includes a recessed area that matingly engages with the side surface 4058 of the first actuator 4050 .
- the second side surface 4078 includes a raised surface that matingly engages with a side surface 4090 of the third (reagent) actuator 4080 .
- the third actuator 4080 when the third actuator 4080 is moved to its second position, the side surface 4078 of the second actuator 4070 guides the movement of the third actuator 4080 .
- the inner surface 4077 includes a protrusion that engages the side wall of the wash container 4220 and moves the wash container 4220 against the puncturers 4215 , as described herein.
- the back surface 4072 includes a pair of mounting protrusions 4073 .
- the mounting protrusions 4073 are received within the actuator guide slots 4026 .
- the mounting protrusions 4073 each include a connection portion that is connected to the base 4096 of the spring clip 4095 (see FIGS. 37 and 40 ).
- the spring clip 4095 is coupled to the mounting protrusions 4073 such that when the second actuator 4070 is in its first position, the lock protrusion 4027 of the housing (i.e., between the two actuator guide slots 4026 ) is between the spring clip 4095 and the back surface 4072 (similar to the arrangement shown in FIG. 58 ). As shown in FIG.
- the spring clip 4095 includes a resilient portion 4097 that biases the lock portion 4098 of the spring clip 4095 against the lock protrusion 4027 .
- the lock portion 4098 becomes disengaged with the lock protrusion 4027 of the housing, and contacts the back surface 4072 of the second actuator 4070 . In this manner, the lock portion 4098 will engage the shoulder of the lock protrusion 4027 if the second actuator 4070 is moved back towards its first position. In this manner, the second actuator 4070 is retained in its second position.
- the inboard mounting protrusion 4073 (i.e., the protrusion adjacent the third actuator 4080 ) includes an actuation protrusion 4076 .
- the actuation protrusion 4076 is configured to contact the reagent lock 4130 that is in contact with the third actuator 4080 (see FIGS. 55 and 61 ).
- the second actuator 4070 moves from its first position ( FIG. 56 ) to its second position ( FIG.
- the actuation protrusion 4076 causes the reagent lock 4130 to rotate as shown by the arrow RR in FIG. 61 to release the reagent lock 4130 from the third actuator 4080 .
- the third actuator 4080 cannot be depressed (or moved) before the first actuator 4050 and the second actuator 4070 have both been actuated.
- the filter assembly 4230 is configured to receive an elution buffer (via a backflush operation) to convey the desired particles (and the elution buffer) to the lysing module 4300 .
- the filter assembly 4230 is shown in FIGS. 43-46 .
- the filter assembly 4230 includes a filter housing 4250 , a first plate 4251 , a second plate 4252 , and a filter membrane 4254 .
- the filter assembly 4230 is configured to filter and prepare the input sample (via the sample input operation and the sample wash operation), and to allow a back-flow elution operation to deliver captured particles from the filter membrane 4254 and deliver the eluted volume to the target destination (e.g., towards the amplification module 4600 ).
- the filter housing 4250 contains the first plate 4251 and the second plate 4252 , with the filter membrane 4254 disposed therebetween. As described herein, the second plate 4252 can move relative to the first plate 4251 to allow the filter to toggle between various flow conditions.
- the filter housing 4250 defines a sample inlet port 4237 , a sample outlet port 4238 , an elution inlet port 4248 , and a waste reservoir 4205 .
- the sample inlet port 4237 allows communication from the sample input passage 4108 and through the filter membrane 4254 , as shown by the arrow JJ in FIG. 45 .
- the flow port 4256 of the second plate 4252 is in fluid communication with the waste reservoir 4205 .
- the sample and wash solutions flow (towards the waste reservoir 4205 ), as indicated by the arrow JJ in FIG. 45 .
- the filter assembly is moved from its first configuration to its second configuration ( FIG. 46 ).
- the second plate 4252 is moved relative to the first plate 4251 , as shown by the arrow KK in FIG. 46 .
- the second plate 4252 includes a tapered actuation surface that is moved when the third actuator 4080 is moved from its first position to its second position.
- the back surface 4082 and/or the spring clips 4095 of the third actuator 4080 contact the tapered surface and move the second plate 4252 to transition the filter assembly 4230 to its second configuration.
- the filter assembly 4230 is in its second configuration (i.e., the “elution flow” configuration, see FIG.
- the flow port 4256 of the second plate 4252 is in fluid communication with the elution inlet port 4248 .
- the elution buffer can flow from the elution module 4260 (described below) and through the filter membrane 4254 , as indicated by the arrow LL in FIG. 46 .
- the elution buffer and the captured particles flow out of the filter assembly 4230 and toward the lysing module 4300 via sample outlet port 4238 .
- the filter membrane 4254 captures the target organism/entity while allowing the bulk of the liquid within the sample and the wash composition to flow through into the waste reservoir 4205 .
- the filter membrane 4254 (and any of the filter membranes described herein) can be any suitable membrane and or combination of membranes.
- the filter membrane 4254 is a woven nylon filter membrane with a pore size of about 1 ⁇ m (e.g., 0.8 ⁇ m, 1.0 ⁇ m, 1.2 ⁇ m) enclosed between the first plate 4251 and the second plate 4252 such that there is minimal dead volume.
- the particle capture can be achieved primarily through a binding event.
- Such pore sizes and filter construction can lead to reduced fluid pressure during the sample delivery, wash and the elution operations.
- the filter member 4254 and size thereof can be selected to be complimentary to and/or consistent with the target organism.
- the filter membrane 4254 can be constructed and/or formulated to capture target specimens through either size exclusion (where anything smaller than the target organism is allowed to flow through the membrane), or via binding the target to the filter membrane through a chemical interaction (and later removing the target from the membrane with the elution solution).
- the filter membrane 4254 can be a cellulose acetate filters with a pore size of approximately 0.35 ⁇ m, and can be constructed to achieve particle capture by size exclusion. Such filter construction, however, can tend to clog more easily, thus generating higher pressures during sample delivery, wash and the elution operations.
- the internal pressures can be reduced by altering the diameter of the filter membrane 4254 and/or reducing the total volume of sample to be conveyed through the filter assembly 4230 .
- the filter membrane 4254 is a woven nylon filter membrane with a pore size of about 4 ⁇ m (e.g., 0.8 ⁇ m, 4.0 ⁇ m, 4.2 ⁇ m) enclosed between various plates of the filter assembly 4230 such that there is minimal dead volume.
- the elution module (or assembly) 4260 of the sample preparation module 4200 is contained within the housing, and defines an elution volume within which an elution composition is stored.
- the elution composition can be any of the elution compositions described herein.
- the elution composition can include proteinase K, which allows for the release of any bound cells and/or nucleic acid molecules (e.g., DNA) from the filter membrane.
- the output from the elution module 4260 can be selectively placed in fluid communication with the filter assembly 4230 , when the filter assembly is toggled into its second (or backflow) configuration, as described above.
- the elution module 4260 can include any suitable flow control devices, such as check valves, duck-bill valves, or the like to prevent flow back towards and/or into the elution volume.
- the elution module 4260 is configured such that it cannot be actuated out of the desired sequence of operations. Specifically, the elution module 4260 is configured to be locked until after the biological sample has been conveyed to the sample preparation module 4200 and the wash operation (described above) has occurred.
- the elution module 4260 includes the elution portion 4104 of the sample transfer manifold 4100 , the reagent (or third) actuator 4080 , and an elution plunger 4270 .
- the elution portion 4104 of the sample transfer manifold 4100 includes a cylindrical housing 4262 that defines an elution volume 4263 within which the elution buffer (or composition) is contained.
- the elution plunger 4270 is sealingly engaged with in inner side wall of the cylindrical housing 4262 .
- the elution plunger 4270 can include any number of seals (e.g., O-rings, gaskets, elastomeric portions, or the like) to fluidically isolate the volume 4263 from the external volume of the device 4000 .
- the elution plunger can include a vent opening to allow controlled fluid communication of the volume 4263 with an external volume.
- the elution composition within the volume 4263 can be any suitable solution of the types described herein.
- the lower portion of the cylindrical housing 4262 defines an opening into the elution input passage 4109 .
- the elution plunger 4270 is moved downward (in the direction shown by the arrow II)
- the elution composition is moved from within the volume 4263 to the elution input passage 4109 .
- the elution input passage 4109 extends to the filter assembly 4230 , and is communication with the elution input port 4248 described above. In this manner, after the biological sample and the wash solution are conveyed from the sample input volume 4068 to the filter assembly 4230 , an elution composition can be backflushed through the filter assembly 4230 , as described above.
- the elution module 4260 is actuated by the reagent (or third) actuator 4080 .
- the reagent (or third) actuator 4080 includes a top surface 4081 , a front surface 4091 , a side surface 4090 , a back surface 4082 , and an inner surface.
- the top surface 4081 includes an indicator 4060 (i.e., “3”) to guide a user in the correct sequence of steps for use of the apparatus 4000 .
- the side surface 4090 includes a recessed area that matingly engages with the side surface 4078 of the second actuator 4050 .
- the front surface 4091 includes a protrusion that engages the side wall of the lower housing 4040 to lock and/or retain the third actuator 4080 in its second position.
- the inner surface includes a protrusion 4088 that engages the elution plunger 4270 and moves the elution plunger 4270 , as described herein.
- the inner surface includes four reagent protrusions 4089 that each engage a reagent canister within the reagent module 4700 to puncture the reagent canisters when the third actuator 4080 is moved.
- the back surface 4082 includes a pair of mounting protrusions 4083 .
- the mounting protrusions 4083 are received within the actuator guide slots 4031 .
- the mounting protrusions 4083 each include a connection portion that is connected to the base 4096 of the spring clips 4095 (see FIG. 40 ) coupled to the third actuator 4080 .
- two spring clips 4095 are coupled to the mounting protrusions 4083 such that when the third actuator 4080 is in its first position, the lock protrusion 4032 of the housing (i.e., between the two actuator guide slots 4031 ) is between the spring clips 4095 and the back surface 4082 (similar to the arrangement shown in FIG. 58 ).
- each spring clip 4095 biases the lock portion 4098 of each spring clip 4095 against the lock protrusion 4032 .
- the lock portions 4098 becomes disengaged with the lock protrusion 4032 of the housing, and contact the back surface 4082 of the third actuator 4080 . In this manner, the lock portions 4098 will engage the shoulder of the lock protrusion 4032 if the third actuator 4080 is moved back towards its first position. In this manner, the third actuator 4080 is retained in its second position.
- the back surface 4083 also functions to actuate the filter assembly 4230 when the third actuator 4080 is moved to its second position.
- the back surface 4083 can include specific protrusions and/or surfaces to ensure that the filter assembly 4230 is actuated at the proper time relative to the movement of the elution plunger 4270 .
- FIGS. 47-52 show various views of the lysing module 4300 (also referred to as an inactivation module).
- the lysing module 4300 includes a chamber body 4310 , a bottom lid 4318 , a heater 4330 , and an electrode assembly.
- the chamber body 4310 and the bottom lid 4318 can be referred to as a flow member.
- the flow member is shown as being constructed from two pieces (the body 4310 and the bottom lid 4318 ) that are coupled together, in other embodiments, the flow member can be monolithically constructed.
- the chamber body 4310 and the bottom lid 4318 define an input port 4312 , a first (or holding) volume 4311 , a vent 4314 , a second (or inactivation) volume 4321 , and an output port 4313 .
- the input port 4312 can receive the eluent from the elution chamber and/or directly from the filter assembly 4230 . In other embodiments, however, the input port 4312 can be fluidically coupled to a sample input module without the biological input being conveyed through a filter. In use, the eluent can flow into the lysing module 4300 and be collected in the holding volume 4311 . The sample can be lysed within the holding volume 4311 .
- the eluent containing the target organisms can be heated by the heater 4330 to maintain the eluent at or above a target lysing temperature.
- the heater 4330 can be coupled to the chamber body 4310 and/or the bottom lid 4318 such that the heater 4330 can convey thermal energy into the lysing module 4300 to produce a lysing temperature zone within the holding volume 4311 .
- the lysing temperature zone can maintain the eluent at any of the temperatures and for any of the time periods described herein.
- the vent opening 4314 is in fluid communication with the first volume 4311 , and thus allows air to flow into or out of the lysing module 4300 (including the first volume 4311 and the second volume 4321 ) as sample is conveyed into and/or out of the lysing module 4300 .
- the vent 4314 can also relieve pressure within either of the first volume 4311 or the second volume 4321 when the eluent is heated.
- the lysing module 4300 can have an active vent.
- the lysing module 4300 (or any of the lysing modules described herein) can include a valve that controls the venting of pressure and/or air from within the lysing module 4300 .
- the first volume 4311 is in fluid communication with the second volume 4322 .
- the eluent can flow from the first (or holding) volume 4311 through the second (or inactivation) volume 4321 of the lysing module 4300 .
- the pressure gradient can be applied by any suitable mechanism, such as for example, a pump (e.g., the fluidic drive module 1400 ).
- the second volume 4321 is a serpentine channel that provides a high surface area to volume ratio.
- the eluent after being flowed through the inactivation segment, may be flowed into the output port 4313 to be collected and/or conveyed to an amplification module (not shown).
- the flow member is in contact with a heating element 4330 , which can be, for example, a printed circuit board (PCB) heater.
- the heating element 4330 may function to heat the eluent as it flows through the second volume 4311 at a high temperature sufficient to inactivate the one or more lysis enzymes contained within the eluent.
- the heating element may heat the eluent to about 57° C., about 58° C., about 59° C., about 60° C., about 61° C., about 62° C., about 63° C., about 64° C., about 65° C., about 66° C., about 67° C., about 68° C., about 69° C., about 70° C., about 71° C., about 72° C., about 73° C., about 74° C., about 75° C., about 76° C., about 77° C., about 78° C., about 79° C., about 80° C., about 81° C., about 82° C., about 83° C., about 84° C., about 85° C., about 86° C., about 87° C., about 88° C., about 89° C., about 90° C., about 91° C., about 92°
- the heater on the PCB 4330 is specifically designed to heat the serpentine portion of the lysing module 4300 (i.e., the second volume 4321 ) while not heating the holding volume 4311 . Because the lid 4318 of the lysing module 4300 is thick, the heater surface may be heated well above the desired temperature of the fluid. Since the electrodes 4971 , 4972 (described in more detail below) are thermally conductive and come into direct contact with the fluid, the fluid surrounding the electrodes 4971 , 4972 will experience the same temperature as the heater surface, which may cause evaporation.
- a slot may be cut in the PCB 4330 to isolate the heater from the portion of the PCB adjacent and/or in contact with the holding volume 4311 .
- the heater 4330 can include a series of slots and/or openings as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/494,145, entitled “Printed Circuit Board Heater for an Amplification Module,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the heating element of the heater 4330 is located on an internal layer so the top copper pour (not shown) can be used as a heat spreader to minimize temperature variation along the serpentine path.
- the six wires soldered to the PCB 4330 may remove heat from the surrounding area, creating temperature gradients across the heater surface. To minimize this effect, wires may be soldered on both sides of the heater surface so the temperature roll off is symmetrical.
- the lysing module 4300 can determine whether there is liquid in the first volume 4311 and/or the second volume 4321 . Specifically, the lysing module 4300 includes electrical probes to determine electrical resistance of the fluid within the first volume.
- the molecular diagnostic device e.g., the device 1000
- the molecular diagnostic device can include an electronic controller configured to determine when the user has actuated the elution module (e.g., by pressing the reagent actuator 4080 described above) by detecting the presence of liquid in the first volume 4311 . In this manner, the introduction of liquid into the first volume 4311 can trigger the start of the device.
- the control system and/or the lysing module 4300 includes two electrodes 4971 , 4972 inside the first volume 4311 .
- the electrodes 4971 , 4972 are connected to circuitry (e.g., a controller, not shown) that detects a resistance change between the two electrodes 4971 , 4972 .
- Fluid may be reliably detected between the electrodes 4971 , 4972 due to the high gain of the circuit, which may easily differentiate between an open circuit condition (no fluid) and a non-negligible resistance across the electrodes 4971 , 4972 (fluid detected).
- Use of a sample matrix with high salt concentration increases the conductivity of the fluid, which may make the fluid easily detectable even with variation across samples.
- the electrodes 4971 , 4972 and the circuitry are designed to detect fluid without impacting the biological processes that take place in the device.
- the electrodes 4971 , 4972 are specifically chosen so as not inhibit PCR reactions.
- the electrodes 4971 , 4972 are gold plated.
- Both DNA and cells have a net charge so they may migrate in the presence of an electric field. Because the resistance change between the electrodes 4971 , 4972 is determined by measuring a change in electric potential, precautions may be taken to minimize the impact of this electromotive force. For example, once fluid is detected voltage may be removed from the electrodes 4971 , 4972 and they may be electrically shorted together. This ensures there is no potential difference between the electrodes 4971 , 4972 and the charged particles (DNA, cells, salts, etc.) will not bind to the electrodes, which would prevent them from entering the amplification module (not shown).
- the solution within the second volume 4321 is rapidly heated to temperatures of up to about 100 degrees Celsius.
- the lysing module 4300 and/or the formulation of the input solution e.g., the eluent
- the lysing module 4300 and/or the formulation of the input solution can collectively reduce the likelihood that the liquid portion of the input solution will boil at a temperature of 99 degrees Celsius or higher, 98 degrees Celsius or higher, 96 degrees Celsius or higher, 94 degrees Celsius or higher, 92 degrees Celsius or higher, 90 degrees Celsius or higher, or 88 degrees Celsius or higher.
- the input solution can include salts and/or sugars to raise the boiling temperature of the input solution.
- the lysing module 4300 can include one or more vent openings into either the first volume 4311 or the second volume 4321 or both (to limit pressure build-up during heating).
- the output from the lysing module 4300 can be conveyed into the mixing module (also referred to as simply the mixing chamber) 4500 , which mixes the output of inactivation module 4300 with the reagents to conduct a successful amplification reaction.
- the mixing module 4500 is configured to reconstitute the reagent in a predetermined input volume, while ensuring even local concentrations of reagents in the entirety of the volume.
- the mixing chamber module 4500 is configured to produce and/or convey a sufficient volume of liquid for the amplification module 4600 to provide sufficient volume output to the detection module 4800 .
- the mixing module 4500 can be any suitable mixing module, such as those shown and described in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety
- the fluidic drive (or transfer) module 4400 can be a pump or series of pumps configured to produce a pressure differential and/or flow of the solutions within the diagnostic test device 4000 .
- the fluid transfer module 4400 is configured to generate fluid pressure, fluid flow and/or otherwise convey the biological sample and the reagents through the various modules of the device 4000 .
- the fluid transfer module 4400 is configured to contact and/or receive the sample flow therein.
- the device 4000 is specifically configured for a single-use to eliminate the likelihood that contamination of the fluid transfer module 4400 and/or the sample preparation module 4200 will become contaminated from previous runs, thereby negatively impacting the accuracy of the results.
- the fluid transfer module 4500 can be any suitable fluid transfer module, such as those shown and described in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the amplification module 4600 includes a flow member 4610 and a heater 4630 .
- the flow member 4610 can be any suitable flow member that defines a volume or a series of volumes within which the that prepared solution S 3 can flow and/or be maintained to amplify the target nucleic acid molecules within the solution S 3 .
- the heater 4630 can be any suitable heater or group of heaters coupled to the flow member 4610 that can heat the prepared solution within the flow member 4610 to perform any of the amplification operations as described herein.
- the amplification module 4600 (or any of the amplification modules described herein) can be similar to the amplification modules shown and described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/494,145, entitled “Printed Circuit Board Heater for an Amplification Module,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the amplification module 4600 (or any of the amplification modules described herein) can be similar to the amplification modules shown and described in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the flow member 4610 defines a single volume within which the prepared solution is maintained and heated to amplify the nucleic acid molecules within the prepared solution.
- the flow member 4610 can define a “switchback” or serpentine flow path through which the prepared solution flows.
- the flow member 4610 defines a flow path that is curved such that the flow path intersects the heater 4630 at multiple locations. In this manner, the amplification module 4600 can perform a “flow through” amplification reaction where the prepared solution flows through multiple different temperature regions.
- the flow member 4610 (and any of the flow members described herein) can be constructed from any suitable material and can have any suitable dimensions to facilitate the desired amplification performance for the desired volume of sample.
- the amplification module 4600 (and any of the amplification modules described herein) can perform 4000 ⁇ or greater amplification in a time of less than 45 minutes.
- the flow member 4610 (and any of the flow members described herein) is constructed from at least one of a cyclic olefin copolymer or a graphite-based material. Such materials facilitate the desired heat transfer properties into the flow path.
- the flow member 4610 (and any of the flow members described herein) can have a thickness of less than about 0.5 mm. In some embodiments, the flow member 4610 (and any of the flow members described herein) can have a volume about 450 microliters or greater, and the flow can be such that at least 40 microliters of sample is amplified. In other embodiments, at least 20 microliters of sample are amplified by the methods and devices described herein. In other embodiments, at least 30 microliters of sample are amplified by the methods and devices described herein. In yet other embodiments, at least 50 microliters of sample are amplified by the methods and devices described herein.
- the heater 4630 can be any suitable heater or collection of heaters that can perform the functions described herein to amplify the prepared solution.
- the heater 4630 can establish multiple temperature zones through which the prepared solution flows and/or can define a desired number of amplification cycles to ensure the desired test sensitivity (e.g., at least 30 cycles, at least 34 cycles, at least 36 cycles, at least 38 cycles, or at least 40 cycles).
- the heater 4630 (and any of the heaters described herein) can be of any suitable design.
- the heater 4630 can be a resistance heater, a thermoelectric device (e.g. a Peltier device), or the like.
- the heater 4630 can be one or more linear “strip heaters” arranged such that the flow path crosses the heaters at multiple different points. In other embodiments, the heater 4630 can be one or more curved heaters having a geometry that corresponds to that of the flow member 4610 to produce multiple different temperature zones in the flow path.
- the amplification module 4600 is generally described as performing a thermal cycling operation on the prepared solution, in other embodiment, the amplification module 4600 can perform any suitable thermal reaction to amplify nucleic acids within the solution.
- the amplification module 4600 (and any of the amplification modules described herein) can perform any suitable type of isothermal amplification process, including, for example, Loop Mediated Isothermal Amplification (LAMP), Nucleic Acid Sequence Based Amplification (NASBA), which can be useful to detect target RNA molecules, Strand Displacement Amplification (SDA), Multiple Displacement Amplification (MDA), Ramification Amplification Method (RAM), or any other type of isothermal process
- LAMP Loop Mediated Isothermal Amplification
- NASBA Nucleic Acid Sequence Based Amplification
- SDA Strand Displacement Amplification
- MDA Multiple Displacement Amplification
- RAM Ramification Amplification Method
- the detection methods enabled by the device 4000 include sequential delivery of the detection reagents and other substances within the device 4000 .
- the device 4000 is configured to be an “off-the-shelf” product for use in a point-of-care location (or other decentralized location), and is thus configured for long-term storage.
- the reagent storage module 4700 is configured for simple, non-empirical steps for the user to remove the reagents from their long-term storage containers, and for removing all the reagents from their storage containers using a single user action.
- the reagent storage module 4700 and the rotary selection valve 4340 are configured for allowing the reagents to be used in the detection module 4800 , one at a time, without user intervention.
- the device 4000 is configured such that the last step of the initial user operation (i.e., the depressing of the reagent actuator 4080 ) results in dispensing the stored reagents.
- This action crushes and/or opens the sealed reagent containers present in the assembly and relocates the liquid for delivery.
- the rotary venting selector valve 4340 allows the reagent module 4700 to be vented for this step, and thus allows for opening of the reagent containers, but closes the vents to the tanks once this process is concluded.
- the reagents remain in the reagent module 4700 until needed in the detection module 4800 .
- the rotary valve 4340 opens the appropriate vent path to the reagent module 4700 , and the fluidic drive module 4400 applies vacuum to the output port of the reagent module 4700 (via the detection module 4800 ), thus conveying the reagents from the reagent module 4700 .
- the reagent module 4700 and the valve 4340 can be similar to the reagent modules and valves shown and described in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the detection module 4800 is configured to receive output from the amplification module 4600 and reagents from the reagent module 4700 to produce a colorimetric change to indicate presence or absence of target organism in the initial input sample.
- the detection module 4800 also produces a colorimetric signal to indicate the general correct operation of the test (positive control and negative control). In some embodiments, color change induced by the reaction is easy to read and binary, with no requirement to interpret shade or hue.
- the detection module 4800 can be similar to the detection modules shown and described in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the detection module includes a lid (not shown, but similar to the lid 2802 shown and described above), a detection housing 4810 and a heater 4840 .
- the heater 4840 can be similar to any of the circuit board heaters described herein and also shown and described in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the lid and the detection housing 4810 form a flow cell for detection.
- the housing 4810 defines a detection chamber/channel 4812 having a sample inlet portion 4813 , a reagent inlet portion, a detection portion 4821 , and an outlet portion 4828 .
- the sample inlet portion 4813 includes the sample inlet port 4814 , which is fluidically coupled to the outlet of the amplification module 4600 and receives the amplified sample.
- the reagent inlet portion includes a first reagent inlet port 4815 , a second reagent inlet port 4816 , a third reagent inlet port 4817 , and a fourth reagent inlet port 4818 .
- the first reagent inlet port 4815 is coupled to the reagent module 4700 via the fluid passage 4043 of the vertical manifold 4035 .
- a first reagent e.g., a detection reagent, such as the first reagent R 1 described above with reference to the reagent module 2700
- the second reagent inlet port 4816 is coupled to the reagent module 4700 via the fluid passage 4044 of the vertical manifold 4035 .
- a second reagent e.g., a wash solution
- the third reagent inlet port 4817 is coupled to the reagent module 4700 via the fluid passage 4045 of the vertical manifold 4035 .
- a third reagent e.g., a detection reagent, such as the second reagent R 2 described above with reference to the reagent module 2700
- the fourth reagent inlet port 4818 is coupled to the reagent module 4700 via the fluid passage 4046 of the vertical manifold 4035 .
- a fourth reagent e.g., a second flow of a detection reagent, such as the second reagent R 2 described above with reference to the reagent module 2700
- a detection reagent such as the second reagent R 2 described above with reference to the reagent module 2700
- the detection channel 4812 includes an entrance portion 4811 , a detection portion 4821 , and outlet portion 4828 .
- the detection portion (or “read lane”) 4821 is defined, at least in part by, and/or includes a series of detection surfaces.
- the detection surfaces 4821 include a series of capture probes to which the target amplicon can be bound when the detection solution flows across the detection surface 4821 .
- the capture probes can be any suitable probes formulated to capture or bind to the target amplicon, such as those described above with respect to the detection module 2800 .
- the detection portion 4821 includes five detection surfaces. Each of the detection surfaces are chemically modified to contain a desired capture probe configuration.
- a first detection surface can include a hybridization probe specific to Neisseria gonorrhea (NG).
- a second detection surface can include a hybridization probe specific to Chlamydia trachomatis (CT).
- CT Chlamydia trachomatis
- a third detection surface can include a hybridization probe specific to Trichomonas vaginalis (TV).
- a fourth detection surface can include non-target probe for a negative control.
- a fifth detection surface can include a hybridization probe for a positive control ( A. fischeri, N. subflava, or the like).
- the negative control surface 4825 includes a non-target probe and should always appear white (no color).
- the negative control surface can be placed as the last spot (i.e., in the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow SS) because this arrangement shows whether the reagent volumes, fluidic movement, and wash steps were working properly.
- the size and shape of the detection surfaces can be similar that described above with reference to the detection module 2800 .
- the size (width, depth and/or length) of the detection portion 4821 of the channel 4812 can be similar that described above with reference to the detection module 2800 .
- the detection channel 4812 (and any of the detection channels described herein) can be free from a porous material. Said another way, in some embodiments, the detection channel 4812 (and any of the detection channels described herein) can a flow through device that does not include a detection strip (i.e., a porous or membrane-like material, such as cellulose, that wicks or otherwise absorbs the solutions flowed therethrough).
- the device 4000 can be used to perform any of the methods described herein.
- a biological sample is first placed into the sample input volume 4068 , as described above.
- the lid 4140 is then moved to it closed position, thereby sealing the sample input volume 4068 .
- the first actuator 4050 can be manipulated to actuate the sample input module 4170 , as shown by the arrow OO in FIG. 56 .
- movement of the first actuator 4050 compresses the sample input volume 4068 and pushes the sample to the filter assembly 4230 .
- the movement of the first actuator 4050 unlocks the second actuator 4070 (by moving the lock 4130 , as described above).
- the second actuator 4070 can then be depressed, as shown by the arrow QQ in FIG. 60 . This causes the wash solution to be conveyed into the filter assembly 4230 , as described above.
- the movement of the second actuator 4070 unlocks the third actuator 4080 (by moving the lock 4130 , as described above).
- the third actuator 4080 can then be depressed, as shown by the arrow SS in FIG. 62 . This actuates the filter assembly 4230 (to move the second plate 4252 , as described above) and also causes the elution solution to be conveyed into the filter assembly 4230 , as described above.
- the movement of the third actuator 4080 also releases the reagents from the reagent canisters.
- the eluted solution is flowed in a backflush operation through the filter assembly 4230 and towards the inactivation/lysing module 4300 .
- the lysing module 4300 includes a sensor that actuates the remaining portions of the device 4000 , thereby causing the device 4000 to complete the detection operations as describe above.
- a device comprising: (a) an input port, configured to receive the biological sample comprising one or more biological cells or biological entities; (b) a filter assembly comprising a filter configured to capture the one or more biological cells or biological entities, wherein the input port is configured to relay the biological sample to the filter assembly; (c) one or more reservoirs comprising a wash solution, a lysis solution, or both, operably coupled to the filter assembly; (d) a waste chamber, operably coupled to the filter assembly and configured to receive waste from the filter assembly; and (e) an elution chamber, operably coupled to the filter assembly and configured to receive an eluent from the filter assembly.
- FIG. 66 is a flow chart of a method 10 of detecting a target amplicon, according to an embodiment.
- the method 10 includes conveying a detection solution containing the target amplicon into a detection module of a molecular diagnostic test device, at 12 .
- the detection module which can be any of the detection modules described herein (e.g., the detection modules 2800 , 3800 or 4800 ) includes a detection surface including a series of capture probes to which a first portion of the target amplicon is bound in response to the conveying.
- a first reagent formulated to produce a visible signal indicating a presence of the target amplicon is then conveyed into the detection module, at 14 .
- the first reagent is bound to a second portion of the target amplicon in response to being conveyed.
- the first reagent can be any of the reagents described herein, including the first reagent R 1 described above in connection with the detection module 2800 .
- the method optionally includes flowing, after the first reagent is conveyed, a wash solution through the detection module, at 16 .
- the method further includes conveying into the detection module a second reagent, at 18 .
- the second reagent includes a precipitating substrate formulated to catalyze the production of the visible signal by producing an insoluble colored product when the second reagent is in contact with the first reagent.
- the second reagent can be any of the reagents described herein, including the second reagent R 2 described above in connection with the detection module 2800 .
- the method 10 can optionally include evacuating and/or washing the second reagent from the detection module (e.g., via wash or vacuum operation), thereby leaving the colored product present in the detection module.
- a visible signal is then viewed via a transparent portion of the detection module, at 19 .
- the visible signal can persist for viewing for up to one hour, two hours, twelve hours, twenty four hours, or forty eight hours.
- FIG. 67 is a flow chart of a method 20 of detecting a target amplicon, according to an embodiment.
- the method 20 includes conveying a detection solution containing the target amplicon into a detection module of a molecular diagnostic test device, at 22 .
- the detection module which can be any of the detection modules described herein (e.g., the detection modules 2800 , 3800 or 4800 ) includes a detection surface including a series of capture probes to which a first portion of the target amplicon is bound in response to the conveying.
- the device which can be any of the device described herein is then actuated at 23 to cause the device to perform the following operations.
- the biological sample is conveyed from the sample input volume to an amplification module within the molecular diagnostic test device, at 23 A.
- a portion of the amplification module is then heated to amplify a nucleic acid from a plurality of nucleic acid molecules extracted from the biological sample to produce a detection solution containing a target amplicon, at 23 B.
- the detection solution is then conveyed through a detection channel defined at least in part by a detection surface, the detection surface including a series of capture probes to which a first portion of the target amplicon is bound, at 23 C.
- a first reagent formulated to produce a visible signal indicating a presence of the target amplicon is then conveyed through the detection channel, at 23 D.
- the first reagent is bound to a second portion of the target amplicon when conveyed through the detection channel.
- a second reagent formulated to catalyze the production of the visible signal when the second reagent is in contact with the first reagent is then conveyed through the detection channel, at 23 E.
- a visible signal is then viewed via a transparent portion of the detection module, at 24 .
- the visible signal can persist for viewing for up to one hour, two hours, twelve hours, twenty four hours, or forty eight hours.
- any of the sample input modules, sample preparation modules, amplification modules, heater assemblies, and detection modules shown and described herein can be used in any suitable diagnostic device.
- Such devices can include, for example, a single-use device that can be used in a point-of-care setting and/or in a user's home.
- the device (and any of the other devices shown and described herein) can be configured for use in a decentralized test facility.
- any of the sample input modules, sample preparation modules, amplification modules, heater assemblies, and detection modules shown and described herein can be included within a CLIA-waived device and/or can facilitate the operation of a device in accordance with methods that are CLIA waived.
- the sample input modules, the sample preparation modules, the amplification modules, and the detection modules shown and described herein can facilitate operation of a device in a sufficiently simple manner that can produce results with sufficient accuracy to pose a limited likelihood of misuse and/or to pose a limited risk of harm if used improperly.
- the sample input modules, the sample preparation modules, the amplification modules, and the detection modules shown and described herein can be used in any of the diagnostic devices shown and described in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the devices and methods described herein can be used to analyze any suitable type of biological sample, such as a tissue sample (e.g., a blood sample).
- the biological sample comprises a bodily fluid taken from a subject.
- the bodily fluid includes one or more cells comprising nucleic acids.
- the one or more cells comprise one or more microbial cells, including, but not limited to, bacteria, archaebacteria, protists, and fungi.
- the biological sample includes one or more virus particles.
- the biological sample includes one or more microbes that causes a sexually-transmitted disease.
- a sample may comprise a sample from a subject, such as whole blood; blood products; red blood cells; white blood cells; buffy coat; swabs; urine; sputum; saliva; semen; lymphatic fluid; endolymph; perilymph; gastric juice; bile; mucus; sebum; sweat; tears; vaginal secretion; vomit; feces; breast milk; cerumen; amniotic fluid; cerebrospinal fluid; peritoneal effusions; pleural effusions; biopsy samples; fluid from cysts; synovial fluid; vitreous humor; aqueous humor; bursa fluid; eye washes; eye aspirates; plasma; serum; pulmonary lavage; lung aspirates; animal, including human, tissues, including but not limited to, liver, spleen, kidney, lung, intestine, brain, heart, muscle, pancreas, cell cultures, as well as lysates, extracts, or materials and fractions obtained from the samples described above or any cells and micro
- a sample may include cells of a primary culture or a cell line.
- cell lines include, but are not limited to 293-T human kidney cells, A2870 human ovary cells, A431 human epithelium, B35 rat neuroblastoma cells, BHK-21 hamster kidney cells, BR293 human breast cells, CHO chinese hamster ovary cells, CORL23 human lung cells, HeLa cells, or Jurkat cells.
- the sample may include a homogeneous or mixed population of microbes, including one or more of viruses, bacteria, protists, monerans, chromalveolata, archaea, or fungi.
- the biological sample can be a urine sample, a vaginal swab, a cervical swab, an anal swab, or a cheek swab.
- the biological sample can be obtained from a hospital, laboratory, clinical or medical laboratory.
- any of the devices and methods described herein can be used with veterinary samples, food samples, and/or environmental samples.
- environmental sources include, but are not limited to agricultural fields, lakes, rivers, water reservoirs, air vents, walls, roofs, soil samples, plants, and swimming pools.
- industrial sources include, but are not limited to clean rooms, hospitals, food processing areas, food production areas, food stuffs, medical laboratories, pharmacies, and pharmaceutical compounding centers.
- subjects from which polynucleotides may be isolated include multicellular organisms, such as fish, amphibians, reptiles, birds, and mammals.
- mammals examples include primates (e.g., apes, monkeys, gorillas), rodents (e.g., mice, rats), cows, pigs, sheep, horses, dogs, cats, or rabbits.
- rodents e.g., mice, rats
- cows, pigs, sheep, horses, dogs, cats, or rabbits examples of mammals.
- the mammal is a human.
- any of the devices or methods described herein can include a sample buffer (e.g., within a sample preparation module, sample transfer manifold, or reagent module) and/or can mix a sample buffer with the biological sample.
- the sample buffer can include bovine serum albumin and/or a detergent.
- the sample buffer includes about 0.1% to 5% bovine serum albumin.
- the sample buffer includes about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 1%, 1.5%, 2%, 2.5%, 3%, 4%, or 5% bovine serum albumin.
- the sample buffer includes about 0.1% to 20% detergent.
- the sample buffer includes about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, or 10% detergent.
- the detergent is Tween-20.
- the choice of sample buffer to be used may depend on the intended method. For example, the choice of sample buffer may different when a wash step will be used to when a wash step is not used. If a wash step will not be used then the sample buffer may be a buffer suitable for lysis and subsequent PCR reactions.
- a sample buffer can include Tris HCL, Tween-80, BSA, Proclin and Antifoam SE-15.
- a sample buffer may have a composition of: 50 mM Tris pH 8.4, Tween-80, 2% (w/v), BSA, 0.25% (w/v), Proclin 300 0.03% (w/v), and Antifoam SE-15, 0.002% (v/v) made up in purified water.
- Tris HCL is a common buffer for PCR. When it is heated during thermocycling, the pH may drop, for example, a Tris buffer with pH of 8.4 at a temperature of 25° C. may drop to a pH of about ⁇ 7.4 when heated to about 95° C.
- the range of concentrations could be from 0.1 mM to 1 M.
- the pH range could be from 6 to 10.
- Any other PCR compatible buffer could be used, for example HEPES.
- Proclin 300 is a broad spectrum antimicrobial used as a preservative to ensure a long shelf life of the collection media. It could be used from 0.01% (w/v) to 0.1% (w/v). Many other antimicrobials are known in the art and could be used in a sample buffer.
- a reagent or wash buffer can include Antifoam SE-15 to reduce foaming during manufacturing and fluidic movement through the device. It could be used from 0.001% (v/v) to 1% (v/v). Any other antifoam agent could also be used, for example, Antifoam 204, Antifoam A, Antifoam B, Antifoam C, or Antifoam Y-30.
- any of the amplification modules described can be configured to conduct a “rapid” PCR (e.g., completing at least 30 cycles in less than about 10 minutes), and rapid production of an output signal (e.g., via a detection module).
- the amplification modules described herein can be configured to process volumes, to have dimensional sizes and/or be constructed from materials that facilitates a rapid PCR or amplification in less than about 10 minutes, less than about 9 minutes, less than about 8 minutes, less than about 7 minutes, less than about 6 minutes, or any range therebetween, as described herein.
- Some embodiments described herein relate to a computer storage product with a non-transitory computer-readable medium (also can be referred to as a non-transitory processor-readable medium) having instructions or computer code thereon for performing various computer-implemented operations.
- the computer-readable medium or processor-readable medium
- the media and computer code may be those designed and constructed for the specific purpose or purposes.
- non-transitory computer-readable media include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage media such as hard disks, floppy disks, and magnetic tape; optical storage media such as Compact Disc/Digital Video Discs (CD/DVDs), Compact Disc-Read Only Memories (CD-ROMs), and holographic devices; magneto-optical storage media such as optical disks; carrier wave signal processing modules; and hardware devices that are specially configured to store and execute program code, such as Application-Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs), Read-Only Memory (ROM) and Random-Access Memory (RAM) devices.
- ASICs Application-Specific Integrated Circuits
- PLDs Programmable Logic Devices
- ROM Read-Only Memory
- RAM Random-Access Memory
- Examples of computer code include, but are not limited to, micro-code or microinstructions, machine instructions, such as produced by a compiler, code used to produce a web service, and files containing higher-level instructions that are executed by a computer using an interpreter.
- embodiments may be implemented using imperative programming languages (e.g., C, Fortran, etc.), functional programming languages (Haskell, Erlang, etc.), logical programming languages (e.g., Prolog), object-oriented programming languages (e.g., Java, C++, etc.) or other suitable programming languages and/or development tools.
- Additional examples of computer code include, but are not limited to, control signals, encrypted code, and compressed code.
- the processor included within the control module 4900 can be any processor configured to, for example, write data into and read data from the memory of the controller, and execute the instructions and/or methods stored within the memory.
- the processor can be configured to control operation of the other modules within the controller (e.g., the temperature feedback module and the flow module).
- the processor can receive a signal including temperature data, current measurements or the like and determine an amount of power and/or current to be supplied to each heater assembly, the desired timing and sequence of the piston pulses and the like.
- the controller can be an 8 -bit PIC microcontroller, which will control the power delivered to various heating assemblies and components within the amplification module 4600 . This microcontroller can also contain code for and/or be configured to minimize the instantaneous power requirements on the power source.
- the processor can be, for example, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or a combination of ASICs, which are designed to perform one or more specific functions.
- the microprocessor can be an analog or digital circuit, or a combination of multiple circuits.
- the memory device of the controller can be any suitable device such as, for example, a read only memory (ROM) component, a random access memory (RAM) component, electronically programmable read only memory (EPROM), erasable electronically programmable read only memory (EEPROM), registers, cache memory, and/or flash memory.
- ROM read only memory
- RAM random access memory
- EPROM electronically programmable read only memory
- EEPROM erasable electronically programmable read only memory
- registers registers
- cache memory and/or flash memory.
- flash memory any of the modules (the pressure feedback module and the position feedback module) can be implemented by the processor and/or stored within the memory.
- the substrate 4640 is not shown as defining an aperture, in other embodiments, the substrate 4640 (or any of the other substrates shown or described herein) can define an aperture similar to the aperture 1641 shown and described with reference to the amplification module 1600 .
- any of the devices and methods described herein can be utilized to detect the presence or absence of nucleic acids associated with one or more bacterial cells in a biological sample.
- the one or more bacterial cells are pathogens.
- the one or more bacterial cells are infectious.
- Non-limiting examples of bacterial pathogens that can be detected include Mycobacteria (e.g., M. tuberculosis, M. bovis, M. avium, M. leprae, and M. africanum ), rickettsia, mycoplasma, chlamydia, and legionella.
- bacterial infections include, but are not limited to, infections caused by Gram positive bacillus (e.g., Listeria, Bacillus such as Bacillus anthracis, Erysipelothrix species), Gram negative bacillus (e.g., Bartonella, Brucella, Campylobacter, Enterobacter, Escherichia, Francisella, Hemophilus, Klebsiella, Morganella, Proteus, Providencia, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Serratia, Shigella, Vibrio and Yersinia species), spirochete bacteria (e.g., Borrelia species including Borrelia burgdorferi that causes Lyme disease), anaerobic bacteria (e.g., Actinomyces and Clostridium species), Gram positive and negative coccal bacteria, Enterococcus species, Streptococcus species, Pneumococcus species, Staphylococcus species, and Neisseria species.
- infectious bacteria include, but are not limited to: Helicobacter pyloris, Legionella pneumophilia, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium avium, Mycobacterium intracellulare, Mycobacterium kansaii, Mycobacterium gordonae, Staphylococcus aureus, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitidis, Listeria monocytogenes, Streptococcus pyogenes (Group A Streptococcus ), Streptococcus agalactiae (Group B Streptococcus ), Streptococcus viridans, Streptococcus faecalis, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Haemophilus influenzae, Bacillus antracis, Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, Clostridium tetani, Entero
- viruses include the herpes virus (e.g., human cytomegalomous virus (HCMV), herpes simplex virus I (HSV-1), herpes simplex virus 2 (HSV-2), varicella zoster virus (VZV), Epstein-Barr virus), influenza A virus and Hepatitis C virus (HCV) or a picornavirus such as Coxsackievirus B3 (CVB3).
- HCMV human cytomegalomous virus
- HSV-1 herpes simplex virus I
- HSV-2 herpes simplex virus 2
- VZV varicella zoster virus
- Epstein-Barr virus Epstein-Barr virus
- influenza A virus and Hepatitis C virus HCVB3
- CVB3 Coxsackievirus B3
- viruses may include, but are not limited to, the hepatitis B virus, HIV, poxvirus, hepadavirus, retrovirus, and RNA viruses such as flavivirus, togavirus, coronavirus, Hepatitis D virus, orthomyxovirus, paramyxovirus, rhabdovirus, bunyavirus, filo virus, Adenovirus, Human herpesvirus, type 8, Human papillomavirus, BK virus, JC virus, Smallpox, Hepatitis B virus, Human bocavirus, Parvovirus B 19, Human astrovirus, Norwalk virus, coxsackievirus, hepatitis A virus, poliovirus, rhinovirus, Severe acute respiratory syndrome virus, Hepatitis C virus, yellow fever virus, dengue virus, West Nile virus, Rubella virus, Hepatitis E virus, and Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
- flavivirus flavivirus
- togavirus coronavirus
- Hepatitis D virus orthomy
- the virus is an enveloped virus.
- enveloped viruses include, but are not limited to, viruses that are members of the hepadnavirus family, herpesvirus family, iridovirus family, poxvirus family, flavivirus family, togavirus family, retrovirus family, coronavirus family, filovirus family, rhabdovirus family, bunyavirus family, orthomyxovirus family, paramyxovirus family, and arenavirus family.
- HBV Hepadnavirus hepatitis B virus
- woodchuck hepatitis virus woodchuck hepatitis virus
- Hepadnaviridae Hepatitis virus
- duck hepatitis B virus heron hepatitis B virus
- Herpesvirus herpes simplex virus (HSV) types 1 and 2 varicellazoster virus, cytomegalovirus (CMV), human cytomegalovirus (HCMV), mouse cytomegalovirus (MCMV), guinea pig cytomegalovirus (GPCMV), Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), human herpes virus 6 (HHV variants A and B), human herpes virus 7 (HHV-7), human herpes virus 8 (HHV-8), Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpes virus (KSHV), B virus Poxvirus vaccinia virus, variola virus, smallpox virus, monkeypox virus, cowpox virus, camelpox virus, e
- HSV
- VEE Venezuelan equine encephalitis
- chikungunya virus Ross River virus, Mayaro virus, Sindbis virus, rubella virus
- Retrovirus human immunodeficiency virus HIV
- HTLV human T cell leukemia virus
- MMTV mouse mammary tumor virus
- RSV Rous sarcoma virus
- lentiviruses Coronavirus, severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) virus
- Filovirus Ebola virus Marburg virus
- Metapneumoviruses such as human metapneumovirus (HMPV), Rhabdovirus rabies virus, vesicular stomatitis virus, Bunyavirus, Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever virus, Rift Valley fever virus, La Crosse virus, Hanta
- the virus is a non-enveloped virus, examples of which include, but are not limited to, viruses that are members of the parvovirus family, circovirus family, polyoma virus family, papillomavirus family, adenovirus family, iridovirus family, reovirus family, birnavirus family, calicivirus family, and picornavirus family.
- BFDV Beak and Feather Disease virus, chicken anaemia virus, Polyomavirus, simian virus 40 (SV40), JC virus, BK virus, Budgerigar fledgling disease virus, human papillomavirus, bovine papillomavirus (BPV) type 1, cotton tail rabbit papillomavirus, human adenovirus (HAdV-A, HAdV-B, HAdV-C, HAdV-D, HAdV-E, and HAdV-F), fowl adenovirus A, bovine adenovirus D, frog adenovirus, Reovirus, human orbivirus, human coltivirus, mammalian orthoreovirus, bluetongue virus, rotavirus A, rotaviruses (groups B to G), Colorado tick fever virus, aquareo
- the virus may be phage.
- phages include, but are not limited to T4, TS, ⁇ phage, T7 phage, G4, Pl, ⁇ 6, Thermoproteus tenax virus 1, M13, MS2, Q ⁇ , ⁇ X174, ⁇ 29, PZA, ⁇ 15, BS32, B103, M2Y (M2), Nf, GA-I, FWLBc1, FWLBc2, FWLLm3, B4.
- the reference database may comprise sequences for phage that are pathogenic, protective, or both.
- the virus is selected from a member of the Flaviviridae family (e.g., a member of the Flavivirus, Pestivirus, and Hepacivirus genera), which includes the hepatitis C virus, Yellow fever virus; Tick-borne viruses, such as the Gadgets Gully virus, Kadam virus, Kyasanur Forest disease virus, Langat virus, Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus, Powassan virus, Royal Farm virus, Karshi virus, tick-borne encephalitis virus, Neudoerfl virus, Sofjin virus, Louping ill virus and the Negishi virus; seabird tick-borne viruses, such as the Meaban virus, Saumarez Reef virus, and the Tyuleniy virus; mosquito-borne viruses, such as the Arna virus, dengue virus, Kedougou virus, Cacipacore virus, Koutango virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Murray Valley encephalitis virus, St.
- Tick-borne viruses such as the Gadgets Gully virus, Ka
- the virus is selected from a member of the Arenaviridae family, which includes the Ippy virus, Lassa virus (e.g., the Josiah, LP, or GA391 strain), lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus (LCMV), Mobala virus, Mopeia virus, Amapari virus, Flexal virus, Guanarito virus, Junin virus, Latino virus, Machupo virus, Oliveros virus, Parana virus, Pichinde virus, Pirital virus, Sabia virus, Tacaribe virus, Tamiami virus, Whitewater Arroyo virus, Chapare virus, and Lujo virus.
- Lassa virus e.g., the Josiah, LP, or GA391 strain
- LCMV lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus
- Mobala virus Mopeia virus
- Amapari virus Flexal virus
- Guanarito virus Junin virus
- Latino virus Machupo virus
- Oliveros virus Parana virus
- the virus is selected from a member of the Bunyaviridae family (e.g., a member of the Hantavirus, Nairovirus, Orthobunyavirus, and Phlebovirus genera), which includes the Hantaan virus, Sin Nombre virus, Dugbe virus, Bunyamwera virus, Rift Valley fever virus, La Crosse virus, Punta Toro virus (PTV), California encephalitis virus, and Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever (CCHF) virus.
- Bunyaviridae family e.g., a member of the Hantavirus, Nairovirus, Orthobunyavirus, and Phlebovirus genera
- the virus is selected from a member of the Filoviridae family, which includes the Ebola virus (e.g., the Zaire, Sudan, Ivory Coast, Reston, and Kenya strains) and the Marburg virus (e.g., the Angola, Ci67, Musoke, Popp, Ravn and Lake Victoria strains); a member of the Togaviridae family (e.g., a member of the Alphavirus genus), which includes the Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus (VEE), Eastern equine encephalitis virus (EEE), Western equine encephalitis virus (WEE), Sindbis virus, rubella virus, Semliki Forest virus, Ross River virus, Barmah Forest virus, O'nyong'nyong virus, and the chikungunya virus; a member of the Poxyiridae family (e.g., a member of the Orthopoxvirus genus), which includes the smallpox virus, monkeypox virus
- any of the devices and methods described herein can be utilized to detect the presence or absence of nucleic acids associated with one or more fungi in a biological sample.
- infectious fungal agents include, without limitation Aspergillus, Blastomyces, Coccidioides, Cryptococcus, Histoplasma, Paracoccidioides, Sporothrix, and at least three genera of Zygomycetes.
- the above fungi, as well as many other fungi, can cause disease in pets and companion animals.
- the present teaching is inclusive of substrates that contact animals directly or indirectly.
- organisms that cause disease in animals include Malassezia furfur, Epidermophyton floccosur, Trichophyton mentagrophytes, Trichophyton rubrum, Trichophyton tonsurans, Trichophyton equinum, Dermatophilus congolensis, Microsporum canis, Microsporu audouinii, Microsporum gypseum, Malassezia ovale, Pseudallescheria, Scopulariopsis, Scedosporium, and Candida albicans.
- fungal infectious agent examples include, but are not limited to, Aspergillus, Blastomyces dermatitidis, Candida, Coccidioides immitis, Cryptococcus neoformans, Histoplasma capsulatum var. capsulatum, Paracoccidioides brasiliensis, Sporothrix schenckii, Zygomycetes spp., Absidia corymbifera, Rhizomucor pusillus, or Rhizopus arrhizus.
- any of the devices and methods described herein can be utilized to detect the presence or absence of nucleic acids associated with one or more parasites in a biological sample.
- parasites include Plasmodium, Leishmania, Babesia, Treponema, Borrelia, Trypanosoma, Toxoplasma gondii, Plasmodium falciparum, P. vivax, P. ovale, P. malariae, Trypanosoma spp., or Legionella spp.
- the parasite is Trichomonas vaginalis.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Clinical Laboratory Science (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Apparatus Associated With Microorganisms And Enzymes (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Investigating Or Analysing Materials By The Use Of Chemical Reactions (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application is a divisional of U.S. application Ser. No. 16/229,741, entitled “Devices and Methods for the Detection of Molecules Using a Flow Cell,” filed Dec. 21, 2018, which is a continuation of International Patent Application No. PCT/US2017/039844, filed Jun. 28, 2017, which claims benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/356,464, entitled “Method for the Detection of Molecules Using a Flow Cell,” filed Jun. 29, 2016, and 62/356,596, entitled “Molecular Diagnostic Device,” filed Jun. 30, 2016, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has been filed electronically in ASCII format and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on Apr. 4, 2019, is named 1001-005-01US_SL.txt and is 845 bytes in size.
- The embodiments described herein relate to devices and methods for molecular diagnostic testing. More particularly, the embodiments described herein relate to disposable, self-contained devices and methods for molecular diagnostic testing that include a detection module that produces a visual output.
- There are over one billion infections in the U.S. each year, many of which are treated incorrectly due to inaccurate or delayed diagnostic results. Many known point of care (POC) tests have poor sensitivity (30-70%), while the more highly sensitive tests, such as those involving the specific detection of nucleic acids or molecular testing associated with a pathogenic target, are only available in laboratories. Thus, molecular diagnostics testing is often practiced in centralized laboratories. Known devices and methods for conducting laboratory-based molecular diagnostics testing, however, require trained personnel, regulated infrastructure, and expensive, high throughput instrumentation. Known high throughput laboratory equipment generally processes many (96 to 384 and more) samples at a time, therefore central lab testing is often done in batches. Known methods for processing test samples typically include processing all samples collected during a time period (e.g., a day) in one large run, resulting in a turn-around time of many hours to days after the sample is collected. Moreover, such known instrumentation and methods are designed to perform certain operations under the guidance of a skilled technician who adds reagents, oversees processing, and moves sample from step to step. Thus, although known laboratory tests and methods are very accurate, they often take considerable time, and are very expensive.
- Although some known laboratory-based molecular diagnostics test methods and equipment offer flexibility (e.g., the ability to test for multiple different indications), such methods and equipment are not adaptable for point of care (“POC”) use or in-home use by an untrained user. Specifically, such known devices and methods are complicated to use and include expensive and sophisticated components. Thus, the use of such known laboratory-based methods and devices in a decentralized setting (e.g., POC or in-home use) would likely result in an increase in misuse, leading to inaccurate results or safety concerns. For example, many known laboratory-based systems include sophisticated optics and laser light sources, which can present a safety hazard to an untrained user. Such known systems can also require the user to handle or be exposed to reagents, which can be a safety risk for an untrained user. Moreover, because of the flexibility offered by many known laboratory-based systems, such systems do not include lock-outs or mechanisms that prevent an untrained user from completing certain actions out of the proper sequence.
- There are, however, some limited testing options available for testing done at the point of care (“POC”), or in other locations outside of a laboratory, including in-home use by an untrained user. Known POC or in-home testing options are often single analyte tests with low analytical quality. These tests are used alongside clinical algorithms to assist in diagnosis, but are frequently verified by higher quality, laboratory tests for the definitive diagnosis. Thus, in many instances, neither consumers nor physicians are enabled to achieve a rapid, accurate test result in time to “test and treat” in one visit. Thus, doctors and patients often determine a course of treatment before they know the diagnosis. This has tremendous ramifications: antibiotics are either not prescribed when needed, leading to infections; or antibiotics are prescribed when not needed, leading to new antibiotic-resistant strains in the community. Moreover, known systems and methods often result in diagnosis of severe viral infections, such as H1N1 swine flu, too late, limiting containment efforts. In addition, patients lose time in unnecessary, repeated doctor visits.
- Although recent advances in technology have enabled the development of “lab on a chip” devices, such devices are often not optimized for point-of-care testing or in-home use. For example, some known devices and methods require an expensive or complicated instrument to interface with the test cartridge, thus increasing the likelihood of misuse. Moreover, many known “lab on a chip” devices amplify a very small volume of sample (e.g., less than one microliter), and are therefore not suited for analyzing for multiple different indications (e.g., a 3-plex or 4-plex test). Moreover, devices that produce such small sample volumes often include optical detection using photocells, charge coupled devices (CCD cameras) or the like, because the sample volumes are too small to produce an output that can be seen and interpreted by the naked eye.
- Moreover, although some known POC or in-home test devices, such as test strips, can produce a visual indication, some known devices do not include a positive control (i.e., an indicator that is always “ON” during use that verifies proper use of the device) and/or a negative control (i.e., an indicator that is always “OFF” during use that verifies that there has not been any bleed into adjacent test areas). Moreover, some known methods or devices produce a visual indication that can fade or dissipate quickly, thus increasing likelihood of producing an inaccurate result.
- Thus, a need exists for improved devices and methods for molecular diagnostic testing. In particular, a need exists for improved devices and methods having a detection module that produces an accurate visual output.
- Molecular diagnostic test devices for amplifying a nucleic acid within a sample and producing a visual indicator of a target amplicon in the sample are described herein. In some embodiments, a method includes conveying a detection solution containing the target amplicon into a detection module of a molecular diagnostic test device. The detection module includes a detection surface including a series of capture probes to which a first portion of the target amplicon is bound when the detection solution is conveyed. A first reagent formulated to produce a visible signal indicating a presence of the target amplicon is then conveyed into the detection module. The first reagent is bound to a second portion of the target amplicon when the first reagent is conveyed. A second reagent is conveyed into the detection module. The second reagent includes a precipitating substrate formulated to catalyze the production of the visible signal by producing an insoluble colored product when the second reagent is in contact with the first reagent. The method further includes viewing the visible signal via a transparent portion of the detection module.
- In some embodiments, an apparatus includes a housing, a sample transfer manifold disposed at least partially within the housing, a sample input actuator, and a lid. The sample transfer manifold defines a fluid passage in fluid communication with a sample preparation module. The sample input actuator defines an inner surface. The inner surface and a surface of the sample transfer manifold collectively define a sample input volume configured to receive a biological sample. A top surface of the sample input actuator defines an opening into the sample input volume. The sample input actuator is configured to move relative to the sample transfer manifold from a first position to a second position to convey the biological sample from the sample input volume towards the sample preparation module via the fluid passage. The lid is coupled to the sample input actuator, and can move between a first lid position and a second lid position. The opening is exposed and a lock portion of the lid is engaged with a lock surface of the housing to retain the sample input actuator in the first position when the lid is in the first lid position. The lid is sealed about the opening and the lock portion of the lid is disengaged from the lock surface of the housing when the lid is in the second lid position.
-
FIGS. 1-3 are cross-sectional schematic illustrations of a molecular diagnostic test device, according to an embodiment, in a first configuration, a second configuration, and a third configuration, respectively. -
FIGS. 4 and 5 are schematic illustrations of a molecular diagnostic test device, according to an embodiment, in a first configuration and a second configuration, respectively. -
FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of a portion of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 4 and 5 taken along line X-X inFIG. 5 . -
FIG. 7 is a schematic illustration of a molecular diagnostic device, according to an embodiment. -
FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating an enzyme linked reaction, according to an embodiment, resulting in the production a colorimetric result. -
FIG. 9 is a schematic illustration of a molecular diagnostic test device, according to an embodiment. -
FIGS. 10 and 11 are a perspective view and a top view, respectively, of a molecular diagnostic test device, according to an embodiment. -
FIG. 12 is a perspective view of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 , with the lid removed to show the sample input opening. -
FIG. 13 is a perspective view of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 , with the top portion of the housing removed to show the internal components. -
FIG. 14 is an exploded view of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 . -
FIG. 15 is a top perspective exploded view of a portion of the housing assembly of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 . -
FIG. 16 is an enlarged view of a portion of the top housing shown inFIG. 15 , showing lid engagement portion. -
FIGS. 17 and 18 are a front perspective view and a rear perspective view, respectively, of the housing assembly of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 . -
FIG. 19 is a perspective exploded view of the housing assembly shown inFIGS. 17 and 18 . -
FIG. 20 is a perspective view of the vertical manifold of the housing assembly shown inFIGS. 17 and 18 . -
FIG. 21 is a perspective view of the sample transfer manifold of the housing assembly shown inFIGS. 17 and 18 , including a filter assembly and an inactivation assembly coupled thereto. -
FIGS. 22-25 are a front perspective view, a rear perspective view, a bottom view, and a top view, respectively, of the sample transfer manifold of the housing assembly shown inFIGS. 17 and 18 . -
FIGS. 26-29 are cross-sectional views of the sample transfer manifold shown inFIGS. 22-25 taken along line X1-X1, X2-X2, X3-X3, and X4-X4, respectively. -
FIGS. 30-32 are a top perspective view, a bottom perspective view, and a side perspective view, respectively, of a sample input actuator of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 . -
FIGS. 33 and 34 are a top perspective view and a bottom perspective view, respectively, of a sample lid of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 . -
FIGS. 35-37 are a side perspective view, a bottom perspective view, and a rear perspective view, respectively, of a first reagent actuator of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 . -
FIGS. 38 and 39 are a rear perspective view and a bottom perspective view, respectively, of a second reagent actuator of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 . -
FIG. 40 is a perspective view of a spring clip that can be coupled to the sample input actuator, as shown inFIG. 32 . -
FIGS. 41 and 42 are a front perspective view and a rear perspective view, respectively, of a lock lever coupled to the sample transfer manifold shown inFIG. 23 . -
FIGS. 43 and 44 are a perspective view and a top view, respectively, of a filter assembly of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 . -
FIGS. 45 and 46 are cross-sectional views of the filter assembly shown inFIGS. 43 and 44 taken along line X-X inFIG. 44 , with the filter assembly in a first configuration and a second configuration, respectively. -
FIGS. 47-49 are a top perspective view, a bottom perspective view, and a bottom view, respectively, of a lysing module of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 . -
FIGS. 50 and 51 are cross-sectional views of the lysing module shown inFIGS. 47 and 48 taken along line X1-X1 and line X2-X2 inFIG. 49 , respectively. -
FIG. 52 is an enlarged view of a portion of the top housing of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 , showing the lid in a closed position. -
FIG. 53 is perspective cross-sectional view of a portion of the top housing of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 , showing the lid in the closed position. -
FIGS. 54 and 55 are a perspective cross-sectional view and a rear view, respectively, of a portion of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 , showing the lid in the closed position and the sample input actuator in its first position. -
FIGS. 56 and 57 are a perspective view and a rear view, respectively, of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 , showing the lid in the closed position and the sample input actuator in its second position. -
FIGS. 58 and 59 are cross-sectional views of a portion of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 with the sample input actuator in its second position taken along line X1-X1 inFIG. 55 and line X2-X2 inFIG. 57 , respectively. -
FIGS. 60 and 61 are a perspective view and a rear view, respectively, of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 , showing the sample input actuator in its second position and the first reagent actuator in its second position. -
FIGS. 62 and 63 are a perspective view and a side cross-sectional view, respectively, of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 , showing the sample input actuator in its second position, the first reagent actuator in its second position, and the second reagent actuator in its second position. -
FIGS. 64 and 65 are a perspective exploded view and a front view, respectively, of a detection module of the molecular diagnostic test device shown inFIGS. 10 and 11 . -
FIG. 66 shows a flow chart of a method of detecting a target organism, according to an embodiment. -
FIG. 67 shows a flow chart of a method of detecting a target organism, according to an embodiment. - In some embodiments, an apparatus is configured for a disposable, portable, single-use, inexpensive, molecular diagnostic approach. The apparatus can include one or more modules configured to perform high quality molecular diagnostic tests, including, but not limited to, sample preparation, nucleic acid amplification (e.g., via polymerase chain reaction, isothermal amplification, or the like), and detection. In some embodiments, sample preparation can be performed by isolating the target pathogen/entity and removing unwanted amplification (e.g., PCR) inhibitors. The target entity can be subsequently lysed to release target nucleic acid for amplification. A target nucleic acid in the target entity can be amplified with a polymerase undergoing temperature cycling or via an isothermal incubation to yield a greater number of copies of the target nucleic acid sequence for detection.
- In some embodiments, an apparatus includes a housing, a sample transfer manifold disposed at least partially within the housing, a sample input actuator, and a lid. The sample transfer manifold defines a fluid passage in fluid communication with a sample preparation module. The sample input actuator defines an inner surface. The inner surface and a surface of the sample transfer manifold collectively define a sample input volume configured to receive a biological sample. A top surface of the sample input actuator defines an opening into the sample input volume. The sample input actuator is configured to move relative to the sample transfer manifold from a first position to a second position to convey the biological sample from the sample input volume towards the sample preparation module via the fluid passage. The lid is coupled to the sample input actuator, and can move between a first lid position and a second lid position. The opening is exposed and a lock portion of the lid is engaged with a lock surface of the housing to retain the sample input actuator in the first position when the lid is in the first lid position. The lid is sealed about the opening and the lock portion of the lid is disengaged from the lock surface of the housing when the lid is in the second lid position.
- In some embodiments, an apparatus includes a housing, a sample transfer manifold disposed at least partially within the housing, a sample preparation module disposed within the housing, a sample input actuator, a reagent actuator, and a reagent lock member. The sample transfer manifold has a surface defining at least a portion of a sample input volume configured to receive a biological sample. The sample preparation module is configured to extract a series of nucleic acid molecules from the biological sample. The sample input actuator has a top surface defining an opening into the sample input volume through which the biological sample can be conveyed. The sample input actuator is configured to move relative to the sample transfer manifold from a first position to a second position to convey the biological sample from the sample input volume to the sample preparation module. The reagent actuator is configured to move relative to the sample transfer manifold from a first reagent position to a second reagent position to convey a reagent within the sample transfer manifold into the sample preparation module. The reagent lock member is configured to engage a portion of the reagent actuator to limit movement of the reagent actuator from the first reagent position toward the second reagent position when the sample input actuator is in the first position.
- In some embodiments, an apparatus includes a housing, an amplification module disposed within the housing, a reagent module disposed within the housing, and a detection module. The amplification module is configured to heat an input sample to amplify a nucleic acid within the input sample to produce a detection solution containing a target amplicon. The reagent module contains a first reagent and a second reagent. The detection module defines a detection channel in fluid communication with the amplification module and the reagent module. The detection module includes a detection surface within the detection channel. The detection surface includes a series of capture probes to which the target amplicon can be bound when the detection solutions flows across the detection surface at a first time. The first reagent is formulated to be bound the target amplicon when the first reagent flows across the detection surface at a second time. The first reagent is formulated to produce a visible signal indicating a presence of the target amplicon. The second reagent includes a precipitating substrate formulated to catalyze the production of the visible signal by producing an insoluble colored product when the second reagent is in contact with the first reagent.
- In some embodiments, a method includes conveying a detection solution containing the target amplicon into a detection module of a molecular diagnostic test device. The detection module includes a detection surface including a series of capture probes to which a first portion of the target amplicon is bound when the detection solution is conveyed. A first reagent formulated to produce a visible signal indicating a presence of the target amplicon is then conveyed into the detection module. The first reagent is bound to a second portion of the target amplicon when the first reagent is conveyed. A second reagent is conveyed into the detection module. The second reagent includes a precipitating substrate formulated to catalyze the production of the visible signal by producing an insoluble colored product when the second reagent is in contact with the first reagent. The method further includes viewing the visible signal via a transparent portion of the detection module.
- In some embodiments, a method includes conveying a biological sample into a sample input volume of a molecular diagnostic test device. The device is then actuated to cause the device to perform a series of operations. The operations include conveying the biological sample from the sample input volume to an amplification module within the molecular diagnostic test device. The operations include heating a portion of the amplification module to amplify a nucleic acid extracted from the biological sample to produce a detection solution containing a target amplicon. The operations include conveying the detection solution through a detection channel defined at least in part by a detection surface, the detection surface including a series of capture probes to which a first portion of the target amplicon is bound. The operations include conveying through the detection channel a first reagent formulated to produce a visible signal indicating a presence of the target amplicon. The first reagent is bound to a second portion of the target amplicon when conveyed through the detection channel. The operations include conveying through the detection channel a second reagent formulated to catalyze the production of the visible signal when the second reagent is in contact with the first reagent. The method further includes viewing the visible signal via a transparent member covering the detection channel.
- In some embodiments, a method includes conveying a biological sample into a sample input volume defined at least in part by a sample transfer manifold of a molecular diagnostic test device. The biological sample is conveyed into the sample volume via an opening defined by a sample input actuator. A lid is moved, after the biological sample is in the sample input volume, relative to the sample input actuator from a first lid position to a second lid position. A lock portion of the lid is engaged with a lock surface of the molecular diagnostic test device to retain the sample input actuator in a first position when the lid is in the first lid position. The lid covers the opening, and the lock portion of the lid is disengaged from the lock surface of the molecular diagnostic test device when the lid is in the second lid position. The sample input actuator is then moved from the first position to the second position to convey the biological sample from the sample input volume towards the sample preparation module via a fluid passage defined by the sample transfer manifold.
- In some embodiments, an amplification module can be included within a diagnostic device that is optimized for disposable and portable operation. For example, in some embodiments, an apparatus includes a power module operated by a small battery (e.g., a 9V battery). In such embodiments, the device can include a controller to control the timing and/or magnitude of power draw to accommodate the capacity of the battery.
- In some embodiments, a sample preparation module, an amplification module, and/or a detection module can be included within a diagnostic device that is optimized for one-time use. In some embodiments, the diagnostic device is disposable via standard waste procedures after use.
- As used herein, the term “about” when used in connection with a referenced numeric indication means the referenced numeric indication plus or minus up to 10% of that referenced numeric indication. For example, the language “about 50” covers the range of 45 to 55.
- As used in this specification and the appended claims, the words “proximal” and “distal” refer to direction closer to and away from, respectively, an operator of the diagnostic device. Thus, for example, the end of an actuator depressed by a user that is furthest away from the user would be the distal end of the actuator, while the end opposite the distal end (i.e., the end manipulated by the user) would be the proximal end of the actuator.
- The term “fluid-tight” is understood to encompass hermetic sealing (i.e., a seal that is gas-impervious) as well as a seal that is only liquid-impervious. The term “substantially” when used in connection with “fluid-tight,” “gas-impervious,” and/or “liquid-impervious” is intended to convey that, while total fluid imperviousness is desirable, some minimal leakage due to manufacturing tolerances, or other practical considerations (such as, for example, the pressure applied to the seal and/or within the fluid), can occur even in a “substantially fluid-tight” seal. Thus, a “substantially fluid-tight” seal includes a seal that prevents the passage of a fluid (including gases, liquids and/or slurries) therethrough when the seal is maintained at pressures of less than about 5 psig. Any residual fluid layer that may be present on a portion of a wall of a container after component defining a “substantially-fluid tight” seal are moved past the portion of the wall are not considered as leakage.
- The term “parallel” is used herein to describe a relationship between two geometric constructions (e.g., two lines, two planes, a line and a plane, or the like) in which the two geometric constructions are non-intersecting as they extend substantially to infinity. For example, as used herein, a planar surface (i.e., a two-dimensional surface) is said to be parallel to a line when every point along the line is spaced apart from the nearest portion of the surface by a substantially equal distance. Similarly, a first line (or axis) is said to be parallel to a second line (or axis) when the first line and the second line do not intersect as they extend to infinity. Two geometric constructions are described herein as being “parallel” or “substantially parallel” to each other when they are nominally parallel to each other, such as for example, when they are parallel to each other within a tolerance. Such tolerances can include, for example, manufacturing tolerances, measurement tolerances or the like.
- The terms “perpendicular,” “orthogonal,” and “normal” are used herein to describe a relationship between two geometric constructions (e.g., two lines, two planes, a line and a plane, or the like) in which the two geometric constructions intersect at an angle of approximately 90 degrees within at least one plane. For example, as used herein, a line (or axis) is said to be normal to a planar surface when the line and a portion of the planar surface intersect at an angle of approximately 90 degrees within the planar surface. Two geometric constructions are described herein as being, for example, “perpendicular” or “substantially perpendicular” to each other when they are nominally perpendicular to each other, such as for example, when they are perpendicular to each other within a tolerance. Such tolerances can include, for example, manufacturing tolerances, measurement tolerances or the like.
- Similarly, geometric terms, such as “parallel,” “perpendicular,” “cylindrical,” “square,” “conical,” or “frusto-conical” are not intended to require absolute mathematical precision, unless the context indicates otherwise. Instead, such geometric terms allow for variations due to manufacturing or equivalent functions. For example, if an element is described as “conical” or “generally conical,” a component that is not precisely conical (e.g., one that is slightly oblong) is still encompassed by this description.
- As used in this specification and the appended claims, the term “reagent” includes any substance that is used in connection with any of the reactions described herein. For example, a reagent can include an elution buffer, a PCR reagent, an enzyme, a substrate, a wash solution, or the like. A reagent can include a mixture of one or more constituents. A reagent can include such constituents regardless of their state of matter (e.g., solid, liquid or gas). Moreover, a reagent can include the multiple constituents that can be included in a substance in a mixed state, in an unmixed state and/or in a partially mixed state. A reagent can include both active constituents and inert constituents. Accordingly, as used herein, a reagent can include non-active and/or inert constituents such as, water, colorant or the like.
- The term “nucleic acid molecule,” “nucleic acid,” or “polynucleotide” may be used interchangeably herein, and may refer to deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or ribonucleic acid (RNA), including known analogs or a combination thereof unless otherwise indicated. Nucleic acid molecules to be profiled herein can be obtained from any source of nucleic acid. The nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded. In some cases, the nucleic acid molecules are DNA The DNA can be mitochondrial DNA, complementary DNA (cDNA), or genomic DNA. In some cases, the nucleic acid molecules are genomic DNA (gDNA). The DNA can be plasmid DNA, cosmid DNA, bacterial artificial chromosome (BAC), or yeast artificial chromosome (YAC). The DNA can be derived from one or more chromosomes. For example, if the DNA is from a human, the DNA can be derived from one or more of
chromosomes - Unless indicated otherwise, the terms apparatus, diagnostic apparatus, diagnostic system, diagnostic test, diagnostic test system, test unit, and variants thereof, can be interchangeably used.
-
FIGS. 1-3 are schematic illustrations of a portion of a molecular diagnostic test device 1000 (also referred to as a “test device” or “device”), according to an embodiment. Thetest device 1000 is configured to manipulate an input sample to produce one or more output signals associated with a target cell, according to any of the methods described herein. In some embodiments, thetest device 1000 can be an integrated device that is suitable for use within a point-of-care setting (e.g., doctor's office, pharmacy or the like), decentralized test facility, or at the user's home. Similarly stated, in some embodiments, the modules of the device, described below, are contained within a single housing such that the test device can be fully operated without any additional instrument, docking station, or the like. Further, in some embodiments, thedevice 1000 can have a size, shape and/or weight such that thedevice 1000 can be carried, held, used and/or manipulated in a user's hands (i.e., it can be a “handheld” device). In some embodiments, thetest device 1000 can be a self-contained, single-use device. - In some embodiments, the device 1000 (and any of the devices shown and described herein) can be a CLIA-waived device and/or can operate in accordance with methods that are CLIA waived. Similarly stated, in some embodiments, the device 1000 (and any of the other devices shown and described herein) is configured to be operated in a sufficiently simple manner, and can produce results with sufficient accuracy to pose a limited likelihood of misuse and/or to pose a limited risk of harm if used improperly. In some embodiments, the device 1000 (and any of the other devices shown and described herein), can be operated by a user with minimal (or no) scientific training, in accordance with methods that require little judgment of the user, and/or in which certain operational steps are easily and/or automatically controlled. In some embodiments, the molecular
diagnostic test device 1000 can be configured for long term storage in a manner that poses a limited likelihood of misuse (spoilage of the reagent(s), expiration of the reagents(s), leakage of the reagent(s), or the like). In some embodiments, the moleculardiagnostic test device 1000 is configured to be stored for up to about 36 months, up to about 32 months, up to about 26 months, up to about 24 months, up to about 20 months, up to about 18 months, or any values there between - The
test device 1000 includes at least ahousing 1001, asample transfer manifold 1100, asample input actuator 1050, and alid 1140. In some embodiments, thetest device 1000 can include any other components or modules described herein, such as, for example an amplification module (e.g., theamplification module 2600 or 4600) or a detection module (e.g., thedetection module 2800 or 4800). Thehousing 1001 can be any structure within which thesample transfer manifold 1100 or other components are contained (or partially contained) to form an integrated device for sample preparation and/or molecular testing. Thehousing 1001 includes alock surface 1007 that engages and/or interfaces with thelid 1140, as described below, to reduce the likelihood that thetest device 1000 will be actuated in an incorrect manner or sequence. Thehousing 1001 can be a monolithically constructed housing or can include multiple separately constructed members that are later joined together to form thehousing 1001. - The
sample transfer manifold 1100 is within thehousing 1001, and defines afluid passage 1108 in fluid communication with asample preparation module 1200. Thesample transfer manifold 1100 includes a surface 1173 (also referred to as an inner surface) that, as described below, along with asurface 1067 of thesample input actuator 1050 forms a portion of a boundary of asample input volume 1068. In this manner, thesample transfer manifold 1100 functions both to receive a biological sample (i.e., within the sample input volume 1068), and also to provide thepassage 1108 through which the biological sample can be conveyed to thesample preparation module 1200. Although thesurface 1173 is shown and described as being an inner surface (i.e., forming a portion of thesample input volume 1068 within which thesample input actuator 1050 is movably disposed), in other embodiments, thesurface 1173 can be an outer surface or can otherwise be disposed within thesample input actuator 1050. - The
sample preparation module 1200 can include any suitable components to manipulate the sample for further diagnostic testing. For example, in some embodiments, thesample preparation module 1200 can extract nucleic acid molecules from the biological sample. Thesample preparation module 1200 can include any of the components described herein, such as, for example, a filter assembly (e.g., thefilter assembly 4230, a lysing assembly and/or an inactivation chamber (see, e.g., the lysing module 4300). - The
sample transfer manifold 1100 can include any structure, components, or reagents to facilitate any of the sample input operations and/or the sample preparation operations described herein. For example, in some embodiments, one or more reagents can be included within the sample transfer manifold 1100 (e.g., within thesample input volume 1068, thepassage 1108, or any other portion or volume defined by the sample transfer manifold). Such reagents can include, for example, a wash buffer, a positive control organism, an elution buffer, or the like. In some embodiments, thesample transfer manifold 1100 can include one or more flow control mechanisms, such as, for example, check valves, filters, seals, or the like. Although shown as being disposed fully within thehousing 1001, in other embodiments, thesample transfer manifold 1100 and/or thesample preparation module 1200 can be only partially disposed within thehousing 1001. Said another way, in some embodiments, thesample transfer manifold 1100 and/or thesample preparation module 1200 can be only partially enclosed, surrounded, or encompassed by thehousing 1001. - The
sample input actuator 1050 includes a first (or top)surface 1051 and a second (or inner)surface 1067. As described above, thesecond surface 1067 and thesurface 1173 of thesample transfer manifold 1100 form a boundary of (i.e., collectively define) thesample input volume 1068. Thefirst surface 1051 of thesample input actuator 1050 defines anopening 1052 into thesample input volume 1068. This arrangement allows the biological sample (not shown) to be conveyed into thesample input volume 1068 via theopening 1052. Thesample input actuator 1050 is movably coupled to or is otherwise configured to move relative to thesample transfer manifold 1100. In particular, thesample input actuator 1050 can move from a first position (FIGS. 1 and 2 ) to a second position (FIG. 3 ) to convey the biological sample from thesample input volume 1068 towards thesample preparation module 1200 via thefluid passage 1108. In this manner, thesample input actuator 1050 functions both to receive a biological sample (i.e., within the sample input volume 1068), and also to produce a motive force to convey the biological sample through thepassage 1108 towards thesample preparation module 1200. - The
sample input actuator 1050 can include any structure, components, or reagents to facilitate any of the sample input operations and/or the sample preparation operations described herein. For example, in some embodiments, one or more reagents can be included within the sample input actuator 1050 (e.g., within thesample input volume 1068, the passage from theopening 1052 to thesample input volume 1068, or any other portion or volume defined by the sample input actuator). Such reagents can include, for example, a wash buffer, a positive control organism, an elution buffer, or the like. In some embodiments, thesample input actuator 1050 can include one or more flow control mechanisms, such as, for example, check valves, filters, seals, or the like. - The
lid 1140 is coupled to thesample input actuator 1050, and can move between a first lid position (FIG. 1 ) and a second lid position (FIGS. 2 and 3 ). Thelid 1140 includes alock portion 1146 and aseal portion 1143. As shown inFIG. 1 , thelock portion 1146 is engaged with thelock surface 1007 of thehousing 1001 to retain the lid in its first lid position and to retain thesample input actuator 1050 in its first position. Specifically, because thelid 1140 is retained by thelock surface 1007 of thehousing 1001, movement of thesample input actuator 1050 relative to the housing 1001 (and hence the sample transfer manifold 1100) is limited. Thus, when thelid 1140 is in its first lid position, it functions as a “lock” to prevent thesample input actuator 1050 from being moved. Moreover, when thelid 1140 is in its first lid position, theopening 1052 is exposed, thus providing a user with convenient access to convey the biological sample into thesample input volume 1068. This arrangement limits the likelihood of misuse of the test device. For example, this arrangement prevents a user from inadvertently depressing thesample input actuator 1050 while thelid 1140 is opened (i.e., in its first position). Thelock portion 1146 of thelid 1140 and thelock surface 1007 of thehousing 1001 can include any suitable mechanisms to releasably lock thelid 1140 to thehousing 1001 as described herein. For example, in some embodiments, thelock portion 1146 and/or thelock surface 1007 can include mating grooves, protrusions, rails, fasteners, or the like. - Referring to
FIG. 2 , when the lid is in its second lid position (i.e., the closed position), theseal portion 1143 forms a seal about theopening 1052. Additionally, thelock portion 1146 of thelid 1140 is disengaged from thelock surface 1007 of thehousing 1001. This arrangement allows the biological sample to be safely sealed within thesample input volume 1068 for further processing. Theseal portion 1143 can include an elastomeric seal, such as an O-ring or the like, and can produce a substantially fluid-tight seal to protect against spilling or leaking during the test. Theseal portion 1143 also fluidically isolates thesample input volume 1068 such that the pressure generated therein can be maintained to convey the biological sample through the passage 1108 (rather than leaking out via the opening 1052). - The
test device 1000 can be used to manipulate, process, or prepare a biological sample as a part of any of the methods of diagnostic testing described herein. Thetest device 1000 is initially shipped or presented to the user with thesample input actuator 1050 in its first position and thelid 1140 in the first lid position, as shown inFIG. 1 . Upon unwrapping or otherwise opening thetest device 1000, the user can the convey a biological sample (not shown) into thesample input volume 1068 via theopening 1052 of thesample input actuator 1050, as shown by the arrow AA inFIG. 1 . The biological sample can be any suitable sample, such as, for example, blood, urine, male urethral specimens, vaginal specimens, cervical swab specimens, nasal swab specimens, or any other biological samples described herein. Thus, in some embodiments, the biological sample input can be a “raw” (or unprocessed) sample. - After the biological sample is within the
sample input volume 1068, thelid 1140 can be moved from its first (or open) lid position (FIG. 1 ) to its second (or closed) lid position (FIG. 2 ), as shown by the arrow BB inFIG. 2 . In this manner, thesample input actuator 1050 can be unlocked to allow actuation of thetest device 1000. Moreover, when thelid 1140 is in its second lid position (i.e., the closed position), theseal portion 1143 forms a seal about theopening 1052. Although theseal portion 1143 is shown as extending into the sample input actuator 1050 (for example, to limit the dead volume that may be present in theopening 1052, in other embodiments, theseal portion 1143 need only cover and seal theopening 1052. Although thelid 1140 is shown as rotating to move from the first lid position to the second lid position, in other embodiments, the lid 1140 (or any of the lids shown herein) can move in any suitable manner (i.e., rotation, translation, or both rotation and translation) between the first lid position and the second lid position. - After the
lid 1140 is closed (i.e. in the second lid position), thesample input actuator 1050 can be moved from its first position to its second position, as shown by the arrow CC inFIG. 3 . In this manner, thetest device 1000 and/or thesample preparation module 1200 can be actuated. Specifically, as described above, when thesample input actuator 1050 is moved relative to thesample transfer manifold 1100, the biological sample is conveyed from thesample input volume 1068 towards thesample preparation module 1200 via thefluid passage 1108, as shown by the arrow DD inFIG. 3 . As shown, movement of thesample input actuator 1050 reduces the volume of thesample input volume 1068, thereby pressurizing the biological sample therein, which, in turn, pushes the biological sample through thepassage 1108. Said another way, thesample input actuator 1050 functions as a piston pump to convey the biological sample towards the sample preparation module. In some embodiments, thesample transfer manifold 1100 or thesample input actuator 1050 includes a seal (e.g., an O-ring, or the like) to seal the interface between thesurface 1067 and the surface 1173 (i.e., to fluidically isolate the sample input volume 1068) from an external volume. - In some embodiments, the
sample input actuator 1050 is manually moved (i.e., is moved by direct human interaction and not by a motorized actuator). In this manner, the force or pressure applied to the biological sample originates directly from the user's actuation of the sample input actuator. - In some embodiments, the lid 1140 (and any of the lids shown and described herein) can include a second lock portion or lock member (not shown) that engages or contacts a portion of the
housing 1001 or thesample input actuator 1050 to limit or prevent movement of thelid 1140 from the second (closed) lid position back toward the first (or opened) lid position. In such embodiments, thelid 1140 is irreversibly locked in its second position. In this manner, the user cannot add to or otherwise disrupt a sample after the lid has been closed. This arrangement can reduce the likelihood of misuse of thedevice 1000. - In some embodiments, the sample input actuator 1050 (and any of the actuators shown and described herein) can include a lock portion or lock member (not shown) that engages a corresponding lock surface (not shown) of the
housing 1001 and/or thesample transfer manifold 1100 to prevent movement of thesample input actuator 1050 from the second position back towards the first position. In such embodiments, thesample input actuator 1050 is irreversibly locked in its second position, thereby preventing the user from trying to pump or press the actuator several times. This arrangement can reduce the likelihood of misuse of thedevice 1000. - Although the
test device 1000 is shown as including only asample input actuator 1050, in other embodiments, the test device 1000 (and any of the device shown and described herein) can include one or more reagent actuators (not shown inFIGS. 1-3 ). Such reagent actuators can, for example, actuate a wash module (e.g., similar to the wash module 4210), an elution module (e.g., similar to the elution module 4260), or one or more reagent containers that include detection reagent. In some such embodiments, the reagent actuator can be operably coupled to the sample input actuator such that the actuators cannot be moved in an improper sequence. For example, in some embodiments, the sample input actuator 1050 (and any of the sample input actuator described herein) can include a lock actuator that contacts, moves, or otherwise engages a reagent lock member (not shown) to release the reagent actuator for movement. - In other embodiments, a device can include a lid that performs similar functions as the
lid 1140 and theactuator 1050. Said another way, in some embodiments, a device can include a lid that functions to seal a sample input volume and also actuate the device. For example, in some embodiments, the movement of a lid can both seal the sample input volume (e.g., to prevent leakage) and also to pressurize the sample input volume to convey the sample towards the remainder of the device. In this manner, the operation of the device can be instigated with only single motion (i.e., the closing of the lid). - The molecular diagnostic test device 1000 (and any of the molecular diagnostic test devices described herein) can include any suitable components to amplify the desired target and/or produce a signal that can be easily read. For example, in some embodiments, any of the molecular diagnostic test devices described herein can include a detection module that produces a colorimetric output that indicates a presence of a target organism in the biological sample. Such devices can produce a colorimetric output that is easily viewed by the user (i.e., can be of sufficient size and color properties) to be seen by the user without external aids (e.g., a magnifying glass, camera, or the like). Moreover, such devices can produce a colorimetric output that is stable and persists for a sufficient period of time (e.g., at least one hour, at least two hours, at least three hours, at least 12 hours, at least 24 hours, and at least 48 hours) so that the user can easily interpret the results, even if there is an interruption before the results are viewed. Such devices can be configured to produce a colorimetric output that does not wash away or drift if the device is moved during the course of normal use. In this manner, the device can be operated by a user with minimal (or no) scientific training, in accordance with methods that require little judgment of the user, and/or in which certain operational steps are easily and/or automatically controlled.
- As an example,
FIGS. 4-6 are schematic illustrations of a portion of a molecular diagnostic test device 2000 (also referred to as a “test device” or “device”), according to an embodiment. Thetest device 2000 is configured to manipulate an input sample to produce one or more output signals (e.g., see output signal OP) associated with a target cell, according to any of the methods described herein. In some embodiments, thetest device 2000 can be an integrated device that is suitable for use within a point-of-care setting (e.g., doctor's office, pharmacy or the like), decentralized test facility, or at the user's home. Similarly stated, in some embodiments, the modules of the device, described below, are contained within a single housing such that the test device can be fully operated without any additional instrument, docking station, or the like. Further, in some embodiments, thedevice 2000 can have a size, shape and/or weight such that thedevice 2000 can be carried, held, used and/or manipulated in a user's hands (i.e., it can be a “handheld” device). In some embodiments, thetest device 2000 can be a self-contained, single-use device. - In some embodiments, the device 2000 (and any of the devices shown and described herein) can be a CLIA-waived device and/or can operate in accordance with methods that are CLIA waived. Similarly stated, in some embodiments, the device 2000 (and any of the other devices shown and described herein) is configured to be operated in a sufficiently simple manner, and can produce results with sufficient accuracy to pose a limited likelihood of misuse and/or to pose a limited risk of harm if used improperly. In some embodiments, the device 2000 (and any of the other devices shown and described herein), can be operated by a user with minimal (or no) scientific training, in accordance with methods that require little judgment of the user, and/or in which certain operational steps are easily and/or automatically controlled. In some embodiments, the molecular
diagnostic test device 2000 can be configured for long term storage in a manner that poses a limited likelihood of misuse (spoilage of the reagent(s), expiration of the reagents(s), leakage of the reagent(s), or the like). In some embodiments, the moleculardiagnostic test device 2000 is configured to be stored for up to about 36 months, up to about 32 months, up to about 26 months, up to about 24 months, up to about 20 months, up to about 18 months, or any values there between - The
test device 2000 includes ahousing 2001, anamplification module 2600, areagent module 2700, and adetection module 2800. In some embodiments, thetest device 2000 can include any other components or modules described herein, such as, for example a sample input module or a sample preparation module. Thehousing 2001 can be any structure within which theamplification module 2600, thereagent module 2700, and thedetection module 2800 are contained (or partially contained) to form an integrated device for sample preparation and/or molecular testing. In some embodiments, thehousing 1001 can define an opening or include a transparent portion through which the detection module can be viewed. In some embodiments, thehousing 2001 can include one or more lock surfaces or lock members (not shown) that engage and/or interface with various actuators to reduce the likelihood that thetest device 2000 will be actuated in an incorrect manner or sequence. Thehousing 2001 can be a monolithically constructed housing or can include multiple separately constructed members that are later joined together to form thehousing 2001. - The
amplification module 2600 includes aflow member 2610 and aheater 2630. The flow member (also referred to as a reaction volume) 2610 can be any suitable flow member that defines a volume or a series of volumes within which the input biological sample S1 (or a solution containing extracted nucleic acid from the sample S1) can flow and/or be maintained to amplify the target nucleic acid molecules therein to produce an output detection solution S2 that contains a target amplicon to be detected. Theheater 2630 can be any suitable heater or group of heaters coupled to theflow member 2610 that can heat the input biological sample S1 within theflow member 2610 to perform any of the amplification operations as described herein. For example, in some embodiments, the amplification module 2600 (or any of the amplification modules described herein) can be similar to the amplification modules shown and described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/494,145, entitled “Printed Circuit Board Heater for an Amplification Module,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In other embodiments, the amplification module 2600 (or any of the amplification modules described herein) can be similar to the amplification modules shown and described in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. - In some embodiments, the
flow member 2610 defines a single volume within which the input biological sample S1 (or extracted nucleic acid) is maintained and heated to amplify the nucleic acid molecules thereby producing the detection solution S2. In other embodiments, theflow member 2610 can define a “switchback” or serpentine flow path through which the input biological sample S1 (or extracted nucleic acid) flows. Similarly stated, in some embodiments, theflow member 2610 defines a flow path that is curved such that the flow path intersects theheater 2630 at multiple locations. In this manner, theamplification module 2600 can perform a “flow through” amplification reaction where the input biological sample S1 flows through multiple different temperature regions. - The
heater 2630 can be any suitable heater or collection of heaters that can perform the functions described herein to amplify the prepared solution. In some embodiments, theheater 2630 can establish multiple temperature zones through which the prepared solution flows and/or can define a desired number of amplification cycles to ensure the desired test sensitivity (e.g., at least 30 cycles, at least 34 cycles, at least 36 cycles, at least 38 cycles, or at least 40 cycles). The heater 2630 (and any of the heaters described herein) can be of any suitable design. For example, in some embodiments, theheater 2630 can be a resistance heater, a thermoelectric device (e.g. a Peltier device), or the like. In some embodiments, theheater 2630 can be one or more linear “strip heaters” arranged such that the flow path crosses the heaters at multiple different points. In other embodiments, theheater 2630 can be one or more curved heaters having a geometry that corresponds to that of theflow member 2610 to produce multiple different temperature zones in the flow path. - Although the
amplification module 2600 is generally described as performing a thermal cycling operation on the input biological sample S1, in other embodiment, the amplification module 2600 (and any of the amplification modules described herein) can perform any suitable thermal reaction to amplify nucleic acids within the solution. In some embodiments, the amplification module 2600 (and any of the amplification modules described herein) can perform any suitable type of isothermal amplification process, including, for example, Loop Mediated Isothermal Amplification (LAMP), Nucleic Acid Sequence Based Amplification (NASBA), which can be useful to detect target RNA molecules, Strand Displacement Amplification (SDA), Multiple Displacement Amplification (MDA), Ramification Amplification Method (RAM), or any other type of isothermal process. - The
reagent module 2700 is disposed within thehousing 2001, and defines a reagent volume within which at least a first reagent R1 and a second reagent R2 are contained. The reagent module also includes afirst reagent actuator 2080A andsecond reagent actuator 2080B. As described below, thereagent module 2700 is in fluid communication with thedetection module 2800 allowing the first reagent R1 and the second reagent R2 to be conveyed into thedetection module 2800. The first reagent R1 and the second reagent R2 can be formulated to perform an assay (e.g., an enzyme-linked immunoassay) that produces a colorimetric output to detect the target amplicon within the detection solution S2. Specifically, the first reagent R1 is formulated to produce a visible signal OP indicating a presence of the target amplicon. The first reagent R1 can include, for example, a binding moiety and any suitable enzyme such as horseradish peroxidase (HRP) or alkaline phosphates. In some embodiments, the HRP enzyme already conjugated to a streptavidin molecule. The streptavidin component binds to the biotin portion of the target amplicon and the HRP component produces a color change when exposed to a substrate (e.g., the second reagent R2). - The second reagent R2 includes a substrate formulated to catalyze the production of the visible signal OP. The second reagent R2 can include, for example, any of tetramethylbenzidine (TMB), 3-ethylbenzothiazoline-6-sulfonic acid, o-phenylenediamine, Amplex Red, homovanillic acid, 3,3′-diaminobenzidine, 3-amino-9-ethylcarbazole, 5-Bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl phosphate, 5-Bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl phosphate/nitro blue tetrazolium, Fast Red (Sigma). In some embodiments, the substrate is TMB. In such embodiments, TMB in the
detection module 2800 changes color from colorless to blue, and finally yellow above any positive chambers. The yellow color is produced when thedetection module 2800 is heated to about 40° C. during the detection operation. In contrast, some ELISA based formats produce a color change that goes to blue or green, and does not proceed to yellow until it is exposed to a stop solution. - In other embodiments, the substrate of the second reagent R2 is a precipitating substrate formulated to catalyze the production of the visible signal OP by producing an insoluble colored product (a series of products P is shown in
FIG. 6 ) when the second reagent R2 is in contact with the first reagent R1. Such precipitating substrates can include, for example, TMB (3,3′,5,5′ tetramethylbenzidine), DAB (3,3′ diaminobenzidine), or 4 CN (4-chloro-1-napthol) based membrane substrates for horseradish peroxidase enzymes, or BCIP (5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl-phosphate) based membrane substrates for alkaline phosphatase. In some embodiments, the precipitating substrate can be the BioFX® TMB HRP Membrane Substrates produced by Surmodics. In some embodiments, the precipitating substrate (and thus, the second reagent R2) can maintain stability when stored for up to one year in a liquid form at room temperature. In other embodiments, the precipitating substrate (and thus, the second reagent R2) can maintain stability when stored for up to two years in a liquid form at room temperature. Moreover, such precipitating substrates can produce a dark color, which can be easier to visualize and interpret. In some embodiments, the precipitating substrate can produce a colorimetric output that persists for at least one hour, at least two hours, at least three hours, at least 12 hours, at least 24 hours, or at least 48 hours. - Although the second reagent R2 is described as being stored in the
device 2000 in a liquid form, in other embodiments, either the first reagent R1, the second reagent R2, or both the first reagent R1 and the second reagent R2 can be stored in any suitable form. For example, in some embodiments, the first reagent R1 and/or the second reagent R2 can be stored in lyophilized form to promote stability for one year, two years, or longer. Upon actuation (e.g., via thefirst reagent actuator 2080A or thesecond reagent actuator 2080B), the lyophilized reagents can be reconstituted for use within thedevice 2000. - Although shown and described as containing the first reagent R1 and the second reagent R2, in other embodiments, the reagent module 2700 (and any of the reagent modules described herein) can contain any suitable reagents and can be fluidically coupled to and/or can convey such reagents to any suitable module within the
device 2000. For example, in some embodiments, the reagent volume can contain any of a sample wash, an elution buffer, one or more PCR reagents, a detection reagent and/or a substrate. - The
detection module 2800 is configured to receive the detection solution S2 from the amplification module 1600 and the reagents from thereagent module 2700 to produce a visible signal (or output) OP to indicate presence or absence of a target organism in the input biological sample S1. Specifically, thedetection module 2800 includes acover 2802 and adetection housing 2810. Thedetection housing 2810 defines adetection channel 2812, and includes adetection surface 2821 within thedetection channel 2812. Thedetection channel 2812 is in (or can be placed in) fluid communication with theamplification module 2600 and thereagent module 2700. In this manner, as described herein, the detection solution S2 containing the target amplicon can be conveyed into thedetection channel 2812 and across thedetection surface 2821. Additionally, the first reagent R1 and the second reagent R2 can be conveyed into thedetection channel 2812 and across thedetection surface 2821. - The
detection surface 2821 includes a series of capture probes to which the target amplicon can be bound when the detection solutions S2 flows across thedetection surface 2821. The capture probes can be any suitable probes formulated to capture or bind to the target amplicon. For example, in some embodiments, the capture probes can be any of single stranded nucleic acids, antibodies, or binding proteins. In some embodiments, the capture probes have the following general structure (DNA base sequences here are only examples, and will vary according to the target amplicon): -
(SEQ ID NO: 1) 5′End-/5AmMC6/TCTCGTAAAGGGCAGCCCGCAAG-3′End - In other embodiments, the capture probes can be modified to also contain spacer molecules, as per this structure:
-
(SEQ ID NO: 1) 5′End-/5AmMC6//iSpl8/TCTCGTAAAGGGCAGCCCGCAAG-3′End - Where /5AmMC6/ is the 5′ Amino Modifier C6—Integrated DNA Technologies and /iSp18/ is the
Int Spacer 18—Integrated DNA Technologies. In other embodiments, the capture probes can be modified to include only the intended DNA bases, as per this structure: -
(SEQ ID NO: 1) 5′End-TCTCGTAAAGGGCAGCCCGCAAG-3′End - In other embodiments, the capture probes also include extra non-target bases, as per this structure:
-
(SEQ ID NO: 2) 5′End-GGGGGGGTCTCGTAAAGGGCAGCCCGCAAG-3′End - In some embodiments, the capture probes can be formulated, designed or engineered to have a relatively high melting temperature (Tm) value (e.g., approximately 67° C.). In other embodiments, the capture probes can have a melting temperature (Tm) value that ranges from 35° C. to 85° C., 60° C. to 85° C., 60° C. to 75° C., 65° C. to 70° C., or 66° C. to 68° C. One advantage of capture probes having a high Tm value is that the flow cell can be heated to a wide range of temperatures during operation without causing the capture probe to release the target amplicon.
- In some embodiments, the capture probes are designed against sequences from Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia trachomatis, Trichomonas vaginalis, Neisseria subflava and a negative control sequence such as sequence from Bacillus atrophaeus or random bases.
- The
cover 2802 is coupled to thedetection housing 2810 to enclose thedetection channel 2812. In this manner, thecover 2802 and thedetection housing 2810 form a “flow cell” for detection of target amplicon. In some embodiments, thecover 2802 includes a transparent portion through which the visible signal OP can be viewed. In some embodiments, thecover 2802 is coupled to thedetection housing 2810 opposite from thedetection surface 2821. In some embodiments, thedetection channel 2812 has a rectangular cross-sectional shape characterized by a depth D and a width W (as shown inFIG. 6 ). The depth D and width W are selected to ensure that there is sufficient sample volume to fill thedetection channel 2812. For example, if the depth D and width W are too large, the required sample volume to fill thedetection channel 2812 will be greater than that which can be supplied by the modules within thetest device 2000. - In contrast, the depth D and width W must be large enough to ensure that the visible signal OP can be easily seen. For example, the width W must be of sufficient size so that the
detection surface 2821 can be easily seen. In some embodiments, the width W can be between about 2 mm and about 5 mm. In other embodiments, the width W can be between about 2 mm and about 10 mm. In yet other embodiments, the width W can be between about 2.5 mm and about 3.5 mm. The volume of the detection solution S2 above the detection surface 2821 (i.e., the depth D), can affect the intensity of the color generated during the reaction. A larger volume (or higher depth D) will generate a deeper color, while a lower volume will generate a paler color. In some embodiments, the depth D can be between about 0.125 mm and about 0.750 mm. In other embodiments, the depth D can be between about 0.125 mm and about 1.50 mm. In yet other embodiments, the depth D can be about 0.250 mm. - The molecular diagnostic test device 2000 (and any of the molecular diagnostic test devices described herein) can perform any of the methods described herein. For example, in some embodiments, the
detection module 2800 can produce a colorimetric output (identified as OP inFIGS. 5 and 6 ) that indicates a presence of a target organism in the biological sample. Thetest device 2000 can produce a colorimetric output that is easily viewed by the user (i.e., can be of sufficient size and color properties) to be seen by the user without external aids (e.g., a magnifying glass, camera, or the like). In some embodiments, molecular diagnostic test device 2000 (and any of the molecular diagnostic test devices described herein) can perform a detection method as described below with reference toFIGS. 7 and 8 (and the detection module 3800). - Although the
detection module 2800 is shown as including only asingle detection surface 2821, in other embodiments, the detection module 2800 (or any of the detection modules shown and described herein) can include any suitable number of detection surfaces. For example, in some embodiments, a detection module can include up to five detection surfaces, each surface being configured to capture different amplicons and/or control organisms. In this manner, the detection module 2800 (and any of the detection modules shown and described herein) can facilitate a multiplex test. For example, in some embodiments, the detection module 2800 (and any of the detection modules shown and described herein) can include five detection surfaces to test for three different indications (plus two control surfaces). In other embodiments, a detection module can include up to 20 detection surfaces, each surface being configured to capture different amplicons and/or control organisms. - The detection surface 2821 (and any of the detection surfaces described herein) can have any suitable shape and area. The shape and area can facilitate visualizing the output signal OP produced from the detection surface. For example, in some embodiments, the detection surface 2821 (and any of the detection surfaces described herein) can have an area of between about 2 mm2 and about 5 mm2. In other embodiments, the detection surface 2821 (and any of the detection surfaces described herein) can have an area of between about 5 mm2 and about 20 mm2. Moreover, although shown as being oblong (or elliptical) in shape, in other embodiments, the detection surface 2821 (and any of the detection surfaces described herein) can be circular, rectangular, or any other suitable shape that facilitates the desired flow properties for the detection channel and visualization properties. For example, in some embodiments, the detection surface 2821 (and any of the detection surfaces described herein) can have an elliptical shape where a major axis of the ellipse is aligned with a direction of flow of the detection solution S2 within the
detection channel 2812. - Although, the
detection surface 2821 is described as including a series of capture probes associated with a target amplicon, in other embodiments, the detection surface 2821 (and any of the detection surfaces described herein) can include a mixture of more than one capture probe. For example, in some embodiments, a detection surface can be a “positive control” surface that includes capture probes for both a control organism, as well as any organisms for which detection is sought. In this manner, the visible output signal will always appear from the positive control surface if the amplification is successful. In contrast, control detection surface only includes the captures probes associated with the positive control organism, there could be cases in which a highly positive amplification reaction from one of the target organisms could out-compete the control amplicon production, thus resulting no color of the positive control chamber. By including a mixture of more than one capture probe for a “positive control,” the device 2000 (and any of the devices herein) can include an “always on” positive control, which can be easily read and interpreted. - The detection module 2800 (and any of the amplification module described herein) can be used within any suitable diagnostic device, such as in any of the molecular diagnostic devices shown and described in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. One example of an integrated test device is shown in
FIG. 7 , which is a schematic block diagram of a molecular diagnostic system 3000 (also referred to as “system” or “diagnostic device”), according to an embodiment. Thediagnostic device 3000 is configured to manipulate a sample to produce an optical indication (e.g., a colorimetric output) associated with a target cell according to any of the methods described herein. In some embodiments, thediagnostic device 3000 can be a single-use, disposable device that can provide an optical output without need for any additional instrument to manipulate or otherwise condition thediagnostic device 3000. Said another way, thediagnostic device 3000 is an integrated cartridge/instrument, and the entire unit can be used to perform a diagnostic assay and then be disposed. Thediagnostic device 3000 includes asample transfer device 3100, asample preparation module 3200, aninactivation chamber 3300, afluidic drive module 3400, amixing chamber 3500, anamplification module 3600, areagent storage module 3700, adetection module 3800, a power/electronics module 3900, and acontrol module 3950. A brief description of the major subsystems of thediagnostic device 3000 is provided below. - The
sample transfer device 3100 is configured to transport a sample such as, for example, a blood, urine, male urethral specimens, vaginal specimens, cervical swab specimens, nasal swab specimens, or any other biological sample of the types described herein. The sample can be gathered using a commercially available sample collection kit, and can be conveyed, using thesample transfer device 3100, to thesample preparation module 3200. The sample collection kit can be a urine collection kit or swab collection kit. Non-limiting examples of such sample collection kits include Copan MSwab™ or BD ProbeTec™ Urine Preservative Transport Kit, Cat #440928, neat urine. Thesample transfer device 3100 dispenses and/or otherwise transfers an amount of sample or sample/media to thesample preparation module 3200 through an input port (not shown, but which can be similar to theopening 1052 described above). The input port can then be capped. In some embodiments, thesample transfer device 3100 can be locked and/or fixedly coupled to thesample preparation module 3200 as a part of the dispensing operation. In this manner, the interface between thesample transfer device 3100 and thesample preparation module 3200 can be configured to prevent reuse of thediagnostic device 3000, transfer of additional samples, or the like. Although shown as including thesample transfer device 3100, in other embodiments, thediagnostic device 3000 need not include a sample transfer device - In some embodiments, through a series of user actions or in an automated/semi-automated matter, the
sample preparation module 3200 is configured to process the sample. For example, thesample preparation module 3200 can be configured to concentrate and lyse cells in the sample, thereby allowing subsequent extraction of DNA. In some embodiments, the processed/lysed sample is pushed and/or otherwise transferred from thesample preparation module 3200 to theinactivation chamber 3300, which is configured to inactivate, in the lysed sample, the proteins used during lysing. In some embodiments, thefluidic drive module 3400 is configured to aspirate the sample from theinactivation chamber 3300, and is further configured to convey the sample to theamplification module 3600. Thefluidic drive module 3400 is also configured to convey the sample and/or reagents (e.g., from the reagent storage module 3700) to perform any of the methods of diagnostic testing described herein. Similarly stated, thefluidic drive module 3400 is configured to generate fluid pressure, fluid flow and/or otherwise convey the input sample through the modules of the device. - The
mixing chamber 3500 mixes the output ofinactivation chamber 3300 with the reagents necessary to conduct an amplification reaction (e.g., PCR). In some embodiments, themixing chamber 3500 can contain the amplification reagents in the form of one or more lyophilized reagent beads that contain the primers and enzymes necessary for the amplification reaction. In such embodiments, themixing chamber 3500 can be configured to hydrate and/or reconstitute the lyophilized beads in a given input volume, while ensuring even local concentrations of reagents in the entirety of the volume. Themixing chamber 3500 can include any suitable mechanism for producing the desired solution, such as, for example, a continuous flow mixing channel, an active mixing element (e.g., a stir rod) and/or a vibratory mixing element. The mixed sample is then conveyed to the amplification module 3600 (e.g., by the fluidic drive module 3400). - The
amplification module 3600 is configured to amplify the sample (e.g., via polymerase chain reaction (PCR)) to generate an amplified sample, in any manner as described herein. For example, in some embodiments, theamplification module 3600 can be similar to the amplification module 4600 (or any other amplification module described herein). After amplification, the amplified sample (also referred to as the detection solution) is further pushed, transferred or conveyed to adetection module 3800. In some embodiments, thedetection module 3800 is configured to run and/or facilitate a colorimetric enzymatic reaction on the amplified sample. In particular, a series of reagents from thereagent storage module 3700 can be conveyed by thefluidic drive module 3400 to facilitate the optical output from the test. In some embodiments, the various modules/subsystems of the maindiagnostic device 3000 are controlled and/or powered by the power/electronics module 3900 and thecontrol module 3950. - In some embodiments, the
control module 3950 can include one or more modules, and can automatically control the valves, pumps, power delivery and/or any other components of thediagnostic device 3000 to facilitate the molecular testing as described herein. Thecontrol module 3950 can include a memory, a processor, an input/output module (or interface), and any other suitable modules or software to perform the functions described herein. -
FIG. 8 illustrates a portion of the operations and/or features associated with an enzymatic reaction, according to an embodiment, that can be conducted by or within thedetection module 3800, or any other detection module described herein (e.g., thedetection module device 3000, thedevice 4000, or any other devices or systems described herein. The reaction, thedetection module 3800, and/or the remaining components within thetest unit 3000 can be collectively configured such that thetest unit 3000 is a single-use device that can be used in a point-of-care setting and/or in a user's home. Similarly stated, in some embodiments, the test unit 3000 (and any of the other devices shown and described herein) can be configured for use in a decentralized test facility. Further, in some embodiments, the reaction shown inFIG. 8 can facilitate the test unit 3000 (and any of the other devices shown and described herein) operating with sufficient simplicity and accuracy to be a CLIA-waived device. Similarly stated, in some embodiments, the reaction shown inFIG. 8 can provide the output signal OP1 in a manner that poses a limited likelihood of misuse and/or that poses a limited risk of harm if used improperly. In some embodiments, the reaction can be successfully completed within the test unit 3000 (or any other device described herein) upon actuation by a user with minimal (or no) scientific training, in accordance with methods that require little judgment of the user, and/or in which certain operational steps are easily and/or automatically controlled. - As shown, the
detection module 3800 includes adetection surface 3821 within a read lane or flow channel. Thedetection surface 3821 is spotted and/or covalently bonded with aspecific hybridizing probe 3870, such as an oligonucleotide. The hybridizing probe 3870 (also referred to as a capture probe) can be similar to any of the capture probes described herein, including those described in conjunction with thedetection surface 2821. In some embodiments, thehybridizing probe 3870 is specific for a target organism and/or amplicon. The bonding of thehybridizing probe 3870 to thedetection surface 3821 can be performed using any suitable procedure or mechanism. For example, in some embodiments, thehybridizing probe 3870 can be covalently bound to thedetection surface 3821. - Reference S7 illustrates the biotinylated amplicon that is produced from the amplification step such as, for example, by the
amplification module 3600 ofFIG. 7 (or any other amplification modules described herein). The biotin can be incorporated within the amplification operation and/or within theamplification module 3600 in any suitable manner. As shown by the arrow XX, the output from the amplification module, including the biotinylated amplicon S7 is conveyed within the read lane and across thedetection surface 3821. Thehybridizing probe 3870 is formulated to hybridize to the target amplicon S7 that is present within the flow channel and/or in proximity to thedetection surface 3821. Thedetection module 3800 and/or thedetection surface 3821 is heated to incubate the biotinylated amplicon S7 in the read lane in the presence of thehybridizing probe 3870 for a few minutes allowing binding to occur. In this manner, the target amplicon S7 is captured and/or is affixed to thedetection surface 3821, as shown. Although disclosed as being labeled with biotin, in other embodiments, the target molecules can be labeled in any suitable manner that will allow binding of the complex comprising a sample molecule binding moiety and an enzyme capable of facilitating a colorimetric reaction. For example, in some embodiments, the target molecules can be labeled with one or more of the following: streptavidin, fluorescein, Texas Red, digoxigenin, or Fucose. - In some embodiments, a first wash solution (not shown in
FIG. 8 ) can be conveyed across thedetection surface 3821 and/or within the flow channel to remove unbound PCR products and/or any remaining solution. In other embodiments, however, no wash operation is conducted. - As shown by the arrow YY, a detection reagent R1 is conveyed within the read lane and across the
detection surface 3821. The detection reagent R1 can be any of the detection reagents described herein, include those described as being the first reagent R1 within thereagent module 2700. In some embodiments, the detection reagent R1 can be a horseradish peroxidase (HRP) enzyme (“enzyme”) with a streptavidin linker. In some embodiments, the streptavidin and the HRP are cross-linked to provide dual functionality. As shown, the detection reagent is bound to the captured amplicon S7. Thedetection module 3800 and/or thedetection surface 3821 is heated to incubate the detection reagent R1 within the read lane in the presence of the biotinylated amplicon S7 for a few minutes to facilitate binding. - In some embodiments, a second wash solution (not shown in
FIG. 8 ) can be conveyed across thedetection surface 3821 and/or within the flow channel to remove unbound detection reagent R4. In other embodiments, however, no second wash operation is conducted. - As shown by the arrow ZZ, a detection reagent R2 is conveyed within the read lane and across the
detection surface 3821. The detection reagent R2 can be can be any of the detection reagents described herein, include those described as being the second reagent R2 within thereagent module 2700. The detection reagent R2 can be, for example, a substrate formulated to enhance, catalyze and/or promote the production of the signal OP1 from the detection reagent R1. Specifically, the substrate is formulated such that upon contact with the detection reagent R1 (the HRP/streptavidin) a colorimetric output signal OP1 is developed where HRP attaches to the amplicon. The color of the output signal OP1 indicates the presence of bound amplicon: if the target pathogen, target amplicon and/or target organism is present, the color product is formed, and if the target pathogen, target amplicon and/or target organism is not present, the color product does not form. - Similarly stated, upon completion of the reaction, if the target pathogen, target amplicon and/or target organism is present the detection module produces a signal OP1. In accordance with the reaction described in
FIG. 8 , the signal OP1 is a non-fluorescent, visual signal that can viewed by the user (e.g., through a detection opening or window defined by a device housing). This arrangement allows the device to be devoid of a light source (e.g., lasers, light-emitting diodes or the like) and/or any light detectors (photomultiplier tube, photodiodes, CCD devices, or the like) to detect and/or amplify the signal OP1. - Said another way, the reaction produces a colorimetric output signal that is visible to the user, and that requires little to no scientific training and/or little to no judgment to determine whether the target organism is present. In some embodiments, the reagents R1, R2 are formulated such that the visible signal OP1 remains present for at least about 30 minutes. In some embodiments, the visible signal OP1 remains present for at least about an hour. In some embodiments, the visible signal OP1 remains present for at least about two hours, at least about 12 hours, at least about 24 hours, or at least about 48 hours. In some embodiments, the reagents R1, R2 can be stored within a housing (not shown in
FIG. 8 ) in any manner as described herein (e.g., in a sealed container, a lyophilized form or the like). -
FIG. 9 is a schematic illustration of a molecular diagnostic test device 1000 (also referred to as a “test device” or “device”), according to an embodiment. The schematic illustration describes the primary components of thetest device 4000 as shown inFIG. 10 . Thetest device 4000 is an integrated device (i.e., the modules are contained within a single housing) that is suitable for use within a point-of-care setting (e.g., doctor's office, pharmacy or the like), decentralized test facility, or at the user's home. In some embodiments, thedevice 4000 can have a size, shape and/or weight such that thedevice 4000 can be carried, held, used and/or manipulated in a user's hands (i.e., it can be a “handheld” device). A handheld device may have dimensions less than 15 cm×15 cm×15 cm, or less than 15 cm×15 cm×10 cm, or less than 12 cm×12 cm×6 cm. In other embodiments, thetest device 4000 can be a self-contained, single-use device. In some embodiments, thetest device 4000 can be configured with lock-outs or other mechanisms to prevent re-use or attempts to re-use the device. - Further, in some embodiments, the
device 4000 can be a CLIA-waived device and/or can operate in accordance with methods that are CLIA waived. Similarly stated, in some embodiments, the device 4000 (and any of the other devices shown and described herein) is configured to be operated in a sufficiently simple manner, and can produce results with sufficient accuracy to pose a limited likelihood of misuse and/or to pose a limited risk of harm if used improperly. In some embodiments, the device 4000 (and any of the other devices shown and described herein), can be operated by a user with minimal (or no) scientific training, in accordance with methods that require little judgment of the user, and/or in which certain operational steps are easily and/or automatically controlled. In some embodiments, the moleculardiagnostic test device 4000 can be configured for long term storage in a manner that poses a limited likelihood of misuse (spoilage of the reagent(s), expiration of the reagents(s), leakage of the reagent(s), or the like). In some embodiments, the moleculardiagnostic test device 4000 is configured to be stored for up to about 36 months, up to about 32 months, up to about 26 months, up to about 24 months, up to about 20 months, up to about 48 months, or any values there between. - The
test device 4000 is configured to manipulate a biological sample Si to produce one or more output signals associated with a target cell. Specifically, thedevice 4000 includes asample preparation module 4200, an inactivation module 4300 (also referred to as a lysing module), a fluidic drive (or fluid transfer)module 4400, amixing chamber 4500, an amplification module, a detection module and a power and control module (not shown). The test device and certain components therein can be similar to any of the molecular test devices shown and described herein or in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Accordingly, a detailed description of certain modules (e.g., the fluidic drive module 4400) is not provided herein. A description of each of the modules is provided below. -
FIGS. 10-65 show various views of the moleculardiagnostic test device 4000. Thetest device 4000 is configured to manipulate an input sample to produce one or more output signals associated with a target cell, according to any of the methods described herein. Thediagnostic test device 4000 includes a housing 4001 (including atop portion 4010 and a bottom portion 4030), within which the modules described herein are fully or partially contained. Similarly stated, the housing 4001 (including thetop portion 4010 and/or the bottom portion 4030) at least partially surround and/or enclose the modules. As shown inFIG. 14 , thedevice 4000 includes asample input module 4170, asample preparation module 4200, aninactivation module 4300, a fluidic drive (or fluid transfer)module 4400, amixing chamber 4500, anamplification module 4600, adetection module 4800, areagent storage module 4700, arotary venting valve 4340, and a power andcontrol module 4900. In some embodiments, thesample preparation module 4200 can be considered as including thesample input module 4170 and/or the inactivation (also referred to as the lysing)module 4300, but in other embodiments, these modules can be considered as distinct from thesample preparation module 4200. A description of thehousing assembly 4001 if followed by a description of each module and/or subsystem. - The
housing assembly 4001 includes thetop housing 4010, thebottom housing 4040, the vertical manifold 4035 (seeFIGS. 18 and 19 ), thesample transfer manifold 4100. As shown, thetop housing 4010 includes alabel 4020 that defines a series ofdetection openings 4011 that are aligned with thedetection module 4800. In this manner, the signal produced by and/or on each detection surface of thedetection module 4800 is visible through theappropriate detection opening 4011. In some embodiments, thetop housing 4010 and/or thelabel 4020 is opaque (or semi-opaque), thereby “framing” or accentuating the detection openings. In some embodiments, for example, thetop housing 4010 can include markings 4017 (e.g., thick lines, colors or the like) to highlight thedetection opening 4011. For example, in some embodiments, thetop housing 4010 can includeindicia 4017 identifying the detection opening to a specific disease (e.g., Chlamydia trachomatis (CT), Neisseria gonorrhea (NG) and Trichomonas vaginalis (TV)) or control. In other embodiments, thetop housing 4010 can include a series of color spots having a range of colors associated with a range of colors that is likely produced by the signals produced during the test. In this manner, the housing and/or thelabel 4020 can contribute to reducing the amount of user judgment required to accurately read the test. - Referring to
FIGS. 12, 15, 52 and 53 , thetop housing 4010 includes alid portion 4004 to which thesample lid 4140 is movably coupled. Thelid portion 4004 includes a recessed surface against which thelid 4140 can be moved, and defines a series ofchannels 4005. As shown inFIGS. 52 and 53 , thechannels 4005 slidably receive the rails (also referred to as protrusions) 4145 of thelid 4140. In this manner, as described below, when thelid 4140 is in the first lid (i.e., “opened”) position, therails 4145 engage a shoulder or lock surface that defines thechannels 4005 thereby preventing movement of thelid 4140 and a direction nonparallel to the direction shown by the arrow NN inFIG. 52 . In this manner, thetop housing 4010 includes a lock surface to which thelid 4140 engages to prevent downward motion of thelid 4140 and thesample input actuator 4050 when thelid 4140 is in the opened position. - Referring to
FIG. 15 , thetop housing 4010 defines a series of actuator guide slots, each pair of which engages one of the actuator buttons, as described herein. In particular, thetop housing 4010 defines a first pair ofactuator guide slots 4022 that slidingly receive the mountingprotrusions 4063 of the first (or sample input)actuator 4050. Thetop housing 4010 includes alock protrusion 4023 between the twoguide slots 4022 that engages thespring clip 4095 coupled to thefirst actuator 4050 when thefirst actuator 4050 is in its second (or actuated) position. In this manner, thetop housing 4010 includes a lock surface (i.e., the lock protrusion 4023) that maintains thefirst actuator 4050 in its second (or actuated) position to prevent reuse of thediagnostic device 4000, transfer of additional samples into thesample input module 4170, or attempts to actuate thefirst actuator 4050 multiple times. Thetop housing 4010 defines a second pair ofactuator guide slots 4026 that slidingly receive the mountingprotrusions 4073 of the second (or wash)actuator 4070. Thetop housing 4010 includes alock protrusion 4027 between the twoguide slots 4026 that engages thespring clip 4095 coupled to thesecond actuator 4070 when thesecond actuator 4070 is in its second (or actuated) position. In this manner, thetop housing 4010 includes a lock surface (i.e., the lock protrusion 4027) that maintains thesecond actuator 4070 in its second (or actuated) position to prevent reuse of thediagnostic device 4000, or attempts to actuate thesecond actuator 4070 multiple times. Thetop housing 4010 defines a third pair ofactuator guide slots 4031 that slidingly receive the mountingprotrusions 4083 of the third (or reagent)actuator 4080. Thetop housing 4010 includes a pair oflock protrusions 4032 between the twoguide slots 4031 that engage the spring clips 4095 coupled to thethird actuator 4080 when thethird actuator 4080 is in its second (or actuated) position. In this manner, thetop housing 4010 includes a lock surface (i.e., the lock protrusions 4032) that maintain thethird actuator 4080 in its second (or actuated) position to prevent reuse of thediagnostic device 4000, or attempts to actuate thethird actuator 4080 multiple times. - Referring to
FIG. 20 , thehousing assembly 4001 includes thevertical manifold 4035, which provides both structural support and defines flow paths for various fluids that are conveyed within thedevice 4000. In particular, thevertical manifold 4035 includes twolock arms 4036. As shown inFIG. 18 , thelock arms 4036 are positioned against the reagent locks (or lock levers) 4130 (seeFIGS. 55 and 57 ) to maintain thereagent locks 4130 in their locked positions. Thevertical manifold 4035 defines a series of reagent passages through which reagents are conveyed from thereagent module 4700 to thedetection module 4800. Specifically, thevertical manifold 4035 defines afirst reagent passage 4043 through which a first reagent (e.g., a wash) can flow into thedetection module 4800, asecond reagent passage 4044 through which a second reagent (e.g., a detection reagent) can flow into thedetection module 4800, athird reagent passage 4045 through which a third reagent (e.g., a detection reagent, such as a substrate) can flow into thedetection module 4800, and afourth reagent passage 4046 through which a fourth reagent (e.g., a second volume of a detection reagent, such as a substrate) can flow into thedetection module 4800. Additionally, thevertical manifold 4035 defines afirst vent passage 4047 and asecond vent passage 4048. - Although described as being in a particular order or defining a passage through which a particular reagent can flow, any of the reagents described herein can be conveyed into the
detection module 4800 via any of the reagent passages. Moreover, in some embodiments, two successive volumes of the same reagent can be conveyed into the detection module via two different reagent passages. For example, in some embodiments, a substrate reagent formulated to enhance, catalyze and/or promote the production of thesignal OP 1 from the detection reagent (e.g., similar to the reagent R2 described above) can be stored in two independent volumes. In use, a first volume of the substrate reagent can be conveyed into thedetection module 4800 via thethird reagent passage 4045 at a first time, and a second volume of the substrate reagent can be conveyed into thedetection module 4800 via thefourth reagent passage 4046 at a second time. - The
housing assembly 4001 includes thesample transfer manifold 4100, which provide both structural support and defines flow paths for various fluids that are conveyed within thedevice 4000. In particular, thesample transfer manifold 4100 includes asample input portion 4102, awash portion 4103, anelution portion 4104, and areagent portion 4105. Details of each of these portions is discussed below in conjunction with the various modules of thedevice 4000. - The
sample preparation module 4200 includes asample input module 4170, awash module 4210, anelution module 4260, afilter assembly 4230, and various fluidic conduits (e.g., tubes, lines, valves, etc.) connecting the various components. Thedevice 4000 also includes thelysing module 4300, which, together with thesample preparation module 4200, performs the nucleic acid extraction according to any of the methods described herein. Thus, although thesample preparation module 4200, thesample input module 4170, and theinactivation module 4300 are described as separate modules, in other embodiments, the structure and function of thesample preparation module 4200 can be included within or performed by theinactivation module 4300 and/or thesample input module 4170, and vice-versa. Similarly stated, any of the sample input modules, sample preparation modules, inactivation modules and/or lysing modules described herein can include any of the structure and/or perform any of the functions of the other modules to perform any of the methods of sample preparation or nucleic acid extraction described herein. By eliminating the need for external sample preparation and a cumbersome instrument, thedevice 4000 is suitable for use within a point-of-care setting (e.g., doctor's office, pharmacy or the like) or at the user's home, and can receive any suitable biological sample S1. The biological sample S1 (and any of the input samples described herein) can be, for example, blood, urine, male urethral specimens, vaginal specimens, cervical swab specimens, and/or nasal swab specimens gathered using a commercially available sample collection kit. - The
sample input module 4170 is configured to receive a biological sample S1 containing a biological entity, and convey the biological sample toward the remaining elements of the sample preparation module 4200 (e.g., the filter assembly 4230). The biological sample S1 can be any of the sample types described herein, and the biological entity can be any of the entities described herein. Thesample input module 4170 includes thesample input portion 4102 of thesample transfer manifold 4100, the sample input (or first)actuator 4050, and thelid 1140. Referring toFIGS. 21-26 , thesample input portion 4102 of thesample transfer manifold 4100 includes acylindrical housing 4172 and acover 4180. As shown inFIGS. 58 and 59 , the top surface of the cylindrical housing 4172 (including thetop surface 4173 and/or portions of the cover 4180) and theinner surface 4067 of thefirst actuator 4050 define asample input volume 4068, within which the biological sample is conveyed at the start of a test. The outer portion of thecylindrical housing 4172 includes one ormore seals 4177 slidingly engage theinner surface 4067 of thefirst actuator 4050 to form a fluid-tight seal. - The
cylindrical housing 4172 includes the top surface 4173 (seeFIG. 26 ) that defines areagent volume 4175 within which alyophilized reagent 4190 is contained. In particular, thelyophilized bead 4190 is retained within thereagent volume 4175 by thecover 4180, which defines a series of openings. In this manner, the biological sample can be conveyed through the openings of thecover 4180 and into thereagent volume 4175 to mix with and reconstitute thelyophilized reagent 4190. Thus, thesample input module 4170 functions both to convey the sample into the device and also to ensure that the desired reagents are mixed into the biological sample. - The
lyophilized reagent 4190 can be any of the reagents described herein. In some embodiments, thelyophilized reagent 4190 can be a positive control organism, such as Aliivibrio fischeri, N. subflava, or any other suitable organism. Specifically, Aliivibrio fischeri is suitable because it is gram negative, nonpathogenic,bio safety level 1, not harmful to the environment, and is extremely unlikely to be found on a human. The positive control surface within the detection module contains capture probes for both the control organism (e.g., A. fischeri) as well as each of the target organisms. This arrangement ensures that the positive control surface always produces color if the device functions correctly. If only the control organism were present, a very strong positive for one of the target organisms could “swamp out” or “outcompete” the amplification of the control organism during PCR. Under such circumstances, the positive control spot would not produce a color change which would be confusing for the user. This arrangement facilitates the detection method and thedevice 4000 being operated by a user with minimal (or no) scientific training, in accordance with methods that require little judgment. - The
cylindrical housing 4172 defines a first (or vertical)fluid passage 4176 that is between (and fluid communication with) asample input passage 4108 defined by the sample transfer manifold 4100 (see alsoFIG. 25 , which shows the various fluid passages). Thesample input passage 4108 is in fluid communication with thewash module 4210 and thefilter assembly 4230. In this manner, when the biological sample is compressed by thefirst actuator 4050 it is conveyed from thesample input volume 4068, through thereagent volume 4175, through thefirst fluid passage 4176 and into thesample input passage 4108, as shown by the arrow GG inFIG. 26 . In some embodiments, the sample is conveyed in this manner to thefilter assembly 4230. - Referring to
FIGS. 30-32 , the sample input (or first)actuator 4050 includes atop surface 4051, aside surface 4058, aback surface 4062, and aninner surface 4067. Thetop surface 4051 defines anopening 4052 into thesample input volume 4068. Thetop surface 4051 also includes aseal 4053 surrounding theopening 4052. In this manner, when thelid 4140 is in its first lid position (opened), the biological sample can be conveyed through theopening 4052 and into thesample input volume 4068. Thelid 4140 can then be sealed about the opening. Theseal 4053 can be an elastomeric seal, such as an O-ring or the like, and can produce a substantially fluid-tight seal to protect against spilling or leaking during the test. Theseal 4053 also fluidically isolates thesample input volume 4068 such that the pressure generated therein can be maintained to convey the biological sample through the passage 4108 (rather than leaking out via the opening 4052). - The
top surface 4051 includes aprotrusion 4054 and defines twoside slots 4055 and twolock openings 4056. Theprotrusion 4054 is in contact with the end of thelid 4140 when thelid 4140 is in its opened position. In this manner, theprotrusion 4054 acts as a detent to limit movement of thelid 4140 from its opened position (FIG. 10 ) to its closed position (FIG. 52 ). Similarly stated, theprotrusion 4054 can offer resistance against the movement of thelid 4140 towards the second (or closed) position, thereby limiting the likelihood that a user will inadvertently close thelid 4140 before desired. - The
side slots 4055 are aligned with thechannels 4005 of thetop housing 4010, and slidably receive the rails (also referred to as protrusions) 4145 of thelid 4140. In particular, when thelid 4140 is moved from the first lid position (opened) to the second lid position (closed), therails 4145 move from thechannels 4005 and into theside slots 4055 of thefirst actuator 4050. When thelid 4140 is in the opened position, because therails 4145 are disengaged from thetop housing 4010, the lid 4140 (and therefore the first actuator 4050) are free to move relative to thetop housing 4050. Said another way, when thelid 4140 is in the closed position, thelid 4140 is sealed about theopening 4052 and thefirst actuator 4050 can be moved from its first position to its second position. The twolock openings 4056 are “through openings” beneath twoside slots 4055, and define a volume within which thelock portions 4146 of thelid 4140 can expand (or deform) when thelid 4140 is in the closed position (seeFIG. 53 ). In this manner, thelock portions 4146 engage a shoulder that borders the twolock openings 4056 to prevent thelid 4140 from being moved from its closed position back towards its opened position. - The
side surface 4058 includes a raised surface that matingly engages with aside surface 4059 of the second (wash)actuator 4070. In this manner, when thesecond actuator 4070 is moved to its second position, theside surface 4058 of thefirst actuator 4050 guides the movement of thesecond actuator 4070. As described above, theinner surface 4067 defines a portion of a boundary of thesample input volume 4068. - The
back surface 4062 includes a pair of mountingprotrusions 4063. The mountingprotrusions 4063 are received within theactuator guide slots 4022, as described above. Additionally, the mountingprotrusions 4063 each include a connection portion that is connected to thebase 4096 of the spring clip 4095 (seeFIGS. 32 and 40 ). In particular, thespring clip 4095 is coupled to the mountingprotrusions 4063 such that when thefirst actuator 4050 is in its first position, thelock protrusion 4023 of the housing (i.e., between the two actuator guide slots 4022) is between thespring clip 4095 and the back surface 4062 (seeFIG. 58 ). As shown inFIG. 40 , thespring clip 4095 includes aresilient portion 4097 that biases thelock portion 4098 of thespring clip 4095 against thelock protrusion 4023. As shown inFIG. 59 , when thefirst actuator 4050 is moved to its second (or actuated) position, thelock portion 4098 becomes disengaged with thelock protrusion 4023 of the housing, and contacts theback surface 4062 of thefirst actuator 4050. In this manner, thelock portion 4098 will engage the shoulder of thelock protrusion 4023 if thefirst actuator 4050 is moved back towards its first position. In this manner, thefirst actuator 4050 is retained in its second position. - As shown in
FIG. 31 , the inboard mounting protrusion 4063 (i.e., the protrusion adjacent the second actuator 4070) includes anactuation protrusion 4066. As described in more detail below, theactuation protrusion 4066 is configured to contact thereagent lock 4130 that is in contact with the second actuator 4070 (seeFIGS. 55 and 57 ). When thefirst actuator 4050 is in its first position, thereagent lock 4130 is in contact with thesecond actuator 4070, thereby preventing thesecond actuator 4070 from being moved. When thefirst actuator 4050 moves from its first position (FIG. 55 ) to its second position (FIG. 57 ), theactuation protrusion 4066 causes thereagent lock 4130 to rotate as shown by the arrow PP inFIG. 57 to release thereagent lock 4130 from thesecond actuator 4070. In this manner, thesecond actuator 4070 cannot be depressed (or moved) before thefirst actuator 4050 is moved to its second (or actuated) position. - As shown in
FIGS. 33 and 34 , thelid 4140 includes atop portion 4141, acover portion 4142, and a pair of side rails 4145. Thetop portion 4141 extends above the surface of thetop housing 4010 and can be manipulated or grasped by the user to move thelid 4140 from the first lid position to the second lid position. Thecover portion 4142 includes an indicator 4144 (i.e., “1”) to guide a user in the correct sequence of steps for use of theapparatus 4000. The bottom surface 4143 (or seal surface 4143) of thecover portion 4142 engages theseal 4053 when thelid 4140 is in the closed position to produce a substantially fluid-tight seal to protect against spilling or leaking during the test. As describe above theside rails 4145 each include alock portion 4146. Thelock portions 4146 are deformed when thelid 4140 is in its opened position such that the side rails 4145, including thelock portions 4146, are within thechannels 4005 of thetop housing 4010. When thelid 4140 is moved to the closed position, thelock portions 4146 expand or deform to their natural condition (as shown) and extend within the twolock openings 4056 to prevent thelid 4140 from being moved from its closed position back towards its opened position (seeFIG. 53 ). - The
wash module 4210 is configured to convey a wash solution toward the remaining elements of the sample preparation module 4200 (e.g., the filter assembly 4230). Importantly, as described herein, thewash module 4210 is configured such that it cannot be actuated out of the desired sequence of operations. Specifically, thewash module 4210 is configured to be locked until after the biological sample has been conveyed to thesample preparation module 4200. Thewash module 4210 includes thewash portion 4103 of thesample transfer manifold 4100, the wash (or second)actuator 4070, and awash container 4220. Referring toFIGS. 21-25, and 27 , thewash portion 4103 of thesample transfer manifold 4100 includes acylindrical housing 4211 and a top surface (or cover) 4123. - The upper portion of the
cylindrical housing 4211 defines avolume 4212 within which thewash container 4220 is disposed. As shown inFIG. 27 , thewash container 4220 includes aside wall 4221 that is sealingly engaged with in inner side wall of thecylindrical housing 4211. Thewash container 4220 can include any number of seals (e.g., O-rings, gaskets, or the like) to fluidically isolate thevolume 4212 from the external volume of thedevice 4000. In this manner, the sealedwash container 4220 can limit backflow of the wash solution out of thedevice 4000. The lower portion of thewash container 4220 is sealed with a frangible member to define a sealed container suitable for long-term storage of the wash solution. As described below, the frangible seals are punctured upon actuation of thewash module 4210 allow the wash solution within thecontainer 4220 to be conveyed to thefilter assembly 4230. The frangible seals can be, for example, a heat-sealed BOPP film (or any other suitable thermoplastic film). Such films have excellent barrier properties, which prevent interaction between the fluids within the canister and external humidity, but also have weak structural properties, allowing the films to be easily broken when needed. - The wash solution within the
wash container 4220 can be any suitable solution. In some embodiments, the wash solution is preceded by the trapped air between the frangible seal and thecover 4123. By including a gas (or air) wash, the amount of liquid constituents from the input sample and wash solution (within the container 4220) conveyed to thefilter assembly 4230 can be reduced. Said another way, after delivery of the input sample to thefilter assembly 4230 by actuation of thesample input module 4170, thefilter assembly 4230 will retain the desired sample cells and some amount of residual liquid. By forcing the first, gaseous wash composition through the filter (i.e., an “air wash”), the amount of residual liquid can be minimized. This arrangement can reduce the amount of liquid wash (e.g., the wash composition within the wash container 4220) needed to sufficiently prepare the sample particles. Reducing the liquid volume contributes to the reduction size of thedevice 4000 and also reduces the likelihood of potentially harmful shearing stress when the liquid wash is flowed through the filter assembly. - The lower portion of the
cylindrical housing 4211 defines a second (or vertical)fluid passage 4216 that is between (and fluid communication with) thesample input passage 4108. Acheck valve 4219 is included within thesecond passage 4216, and is retained in place by thecover 4123. Thecheck valve 4219 prevents backflow from thesample input passage 4108 upward into the volume 4212 (i.e., in a direction opposite the direction shown by arrow HH). Thecover 4123 also includes a series of puncturers 4215 (only one is identified inFIG. 27 ). In use, when thewash container 4220 is moved downward (in the direction shown by the arrow HH), the puncturers rupture the frangible membrane to release the wash solution from within thewash container 4220. Moreover, thehousing 4211 defines an annular groove or opening that receives the side wall of thewash container 4220 after it has been punctured and moved downward. In this manner, the dead volume produced by the interface between thewash container 4220 and thehousing 4211 is minimized. - As described above, the
sample input passage 4108 extends from thesample input module 4170 to thewash module 4210, and on to thefilter assembly 4230. In this manner, after the biological sample is conveyed from thesample input volume 4068 to thefilter assembly 4230, the wash solution (described herein) can be conveyed along a portion of the same path (the sample input passage 4108) to thefilter assembly 4230. Specifically, the wash solution can be conveyed from thewash container 4220 and through thesecond fluid passage 4216, as shown by the arrow HH inFIG. 27 . - The
wash module 4210 is actuated by the wash (or second)actuator 4070. Referring toFIGS. 35-37 , the wash (or second)actuator 4070 includes atop surface 4071, afirst side surface 4059, asecond side surface 4078, aback surface 4072, and aninner surface 4077. Thetop surface 4071 includes an indicator 4060 (i.e., “2”) to guide a user in the correct sequence of steps for use of theapparatus 4000. Thefirst side surface 4059 includes a recessed area that matingly engages with theside surface 4058 of thefirst actuator 4050. In this manner, when thesecond actuator 4070 is moved to its second position, theside surface 4058 of thefirst actuator 4050 guides the movement of thesecond actuator 4070. Thesecond side surface 4078 includes a raised surface that matingly engages with aside surface 4090 of the third (reagent)actuator 4080. In this manner, when thethird actuator 4080 is moved to its second position, theside surface 4078 of thesecond actuator 4070 guides the movement of thethird actuator 4080. Theinner surface 4077 includes a protrusion that engages the side wall of thewash container 4220 and moves thewash container 4220 against thepuncturers 4215, as described herein. - The
back surface 4072 includes a pair of mountingprotrusions 4073. The mountingprotrusions 4073 are received within theactuator guide slots 4026. Additionally, the mountingprotrusions 4073 each include a connection portion that is connected to thebase 4096 of the spring clip 4095 (seeFIGS. 37 and 40 ). In particular, thespring clip 4095 is coupled to the mountingprotrusions 4073 such that when thesecond actuator 4070 is in its first position, thelock protrusion 4027 of the housing (i.e., between the two actuator guide slots 4026) is between thespring clip 4095 and the back surface 4072 (similar to the arrangement shown inFIG. 58 ). As shown inFIG. 40 , thespring clip 4095 includes aresilient portion 4097 that biases thelock portion 4098 of thespring clip 4095 against thelock protrusion 4027. Similar to the arrangement shown inFIG. 59 , when thesecond actuator 4070 is moved to its second (or actuated) position, thelock portion 4098 becomes disengaged with thelock protrusion 4027 of the housing, and contacts theback surface 4072 of thesecond actuator 4070. In this manner, thelock portion 4098 will engage the shoulder of thelock protrusion 4027 if thesecond actuator 4070 is moved back towards its first position. In this manner, thesecond actuator 4070 is retained in its second position. - As shown in
FIG. 37 , the inboard mounting protrusion 4073 (i.e., the protrusion adjacent the third actuator 4080) includes anactuation protrusion 4076. As described in more detail below, theactuation protrusion 4076 is configured to contact thereagent lock 4130 that is in contact with the third actuator 4080 (seeFIGS. 55 and 61 ). Thus, when thesecond actuator 4070 is in its first position, thereagent lock 4130 is in contact with thethird actuator 4080, thereby preventing thethird actuator 4080 from being moved. When thesecond actuator 4070 moves from its first position (FIG. 56 ) to its second position (FIG. 60 ), theactuation protrusion 4076 causes thereagent lock 4130 to rotate as shown by the arrow RR inFIG. 61 to release thereagent lock 4130 from thethird actuator 4080. In this manner, thethird actuator 4080 cannot be depressed (or moved) before thefirst actuator 4050 and thesecond actuator 4070 have both been actuated. - As described herein, the biological sample and the wash solution are conveyed through the
filter assembly 4230. The filter assembly is configured to receive an elution buffer (via a backflush operation) to convey the desired particles (and the elution buffer) to thelysing module 4300. Thefilter assembly 4230 is shown inFIGS. 43-46 . Thefilter assembly 4230 includes afilter housing 4250, afirst plate 4251, asecond plate 4252, and afilter membrane 4254. As described herein, thefilter assembly 4230 is configured to filter and prepare the input sample (via the sample input operation and the sample wash operation), and to allow a back-flow elution operation to deliver captured particles from thefilter membrane 4254 and deliver the eluted volume to the target destination (e.g., towards the amplification module 4600). - The
filter housing 4250 contains thefirst plate 4251 and thesecond plate 4252, with thefilter membrane 4254 disposed therebetween. As described herein, thesecond plate 4252 can move relative to thefirst plate 4251 to allow the filter to toggle between various flow conditions. Thefilter housing 4250 defines asample inlet port 4237, asample outlet port 4238, anelution inlet port 4248, and awaste reservoir 4205. Thesample inlet port 4237 allows communication from thesample input passage 4108 and through thefilter membrane 4254, as shown by the arrow JJ inFIG. 45 . When thefilter assembly 4230 is in its first configuration (i.e., the “sample flow” configuration, seeFIG. 45 ), theflow port 4256 of thesecond plate 4252 is in fluid communication with thewaste reservoir 4205. Thus, when thefilter assembly 4230 is in its first configuration, the sample and wash solutions flow (towards the waste reservoir 4205), as indicated by the arrow JJ inFIG. 45 . - After the wash operation, the filter assembly is moved from its first configuration to its second configuration (
FIG. 46 ). Specifically, thesecond plate 4252 is moved relative to thefirst plate 4251, as shown by the arrow KK inFIG. 46 . Thesecond plate 4252 includes a tapered actuation surface that is moved when thethird actuator 4080 is moved from its first position to its second position. As shown inFIG. 63 , theback surface 4082 and/or the spring clips 4095 of thethird actuator 4080 contact the tapered surface and move thesecond plate 4252 to transition thefilter assembly 4230 to its second configuration. When thefilter assembly 4230 is in its second configuration (i.e., the “elution flow” configuration, seeFIG. 46 ), theflow port 4256 of thesecond plate 4252 is in fluid communication with theelution inlet port 4248. Thus, when thefilter assembly 4230 is in its second configuration, the elution buffer can flow from the elution module 4260 (described below) and through thefilter membrane 4254, as indicated by the arrow LL inFIG. 46 . The elution buffer and the captured particles flow out of thefilter assembly 4230 and toward thelysing module 4300 viasample outlet port 4238. - The
filter membrane 4254 captures the target organism/entity while allowing the bulk of the liquid within the sample and the wash composition to flow through into thewaste reservoir 4205. The filter membrane 4254 (and any of the filter membranes described herein) can be any suitable membrane and or combination of membranes. For example, in some embodiments, thefilter membrane 4254 is a woven nylon filter membrane with a pore size of about 1 μm (e.g., 0.8 μm, 1.0 μm, 1.2 μm) enclosed between thefirst plate 4251 and thesecond plate 4252 such that there is minimal dead volume. In such embodiments, the particle capture can be achieved primarily through a binding event. Such pore sizes and filter construction can lead to reduced fluid pressure during the sample delivery, wash and the elution operations. Such designs, however, may also allow target organisms to flow through thefilter membrane 4254, potentially resulting in lower efficiency of capture. Furthermore, the target organism may be harder to remove on the elution step (e.g., the backwash) due to the nature of the binding. However, the resulting eluent solution is “cleaner” as more of the unwanted material gets washed away through thefilter membrane 4254. Thus, thefilter member 4254 and size thereof can be selected to be complimentary to and/or consistent with the target organism. For example, thefilter membrane 4254 can be constructed and/or formulated to capture target specimens through either size exclusion (where anything smaller than the target organism is allowed to flow through the membrane), or via binding the target to the filter membrane through a chemical interaction (and later removing the target from the membrane with the elution solution). - For example, in some embodiments, the
filter membrane 4254 can be a cellulose acetate filters with a pore size of approximately 0.35 μm, and can be constructed to achieve particle capture by size exclusion. Such filter construction, however, can tend to clog more easily, thus generating higher pressures during sample delivery, wash and the elution operations. In some embodiments, the internal pressures can be reduced by altering the diameter of thefilter membrane 4254 and/or reducing the total volume of sample to be conveyed through thefilter assembly 4230. In some embodiments, thefilter membrane 4254 is a woven nylon filter membrane with a pore size of about 4 μm (e.g., 0.8 μm, 4.0 μm, 4.2 μm) enclosed between various plates of thefilter assembly 4230 such that there is minimal dead volume. - The elution module (or assembly) 4260 of the
sample preparation module 4200 is contained within the housing, and defines an elution volume within which an elution composition is stored. The elution composition can be any of the elution compositions described herein. In some embodiments, the elution composition can include proteinase K, which allows for the release of any bound cells and/or nucleic acid molecules (e.g., DNA) from the filter membrane. The output from theelution module 4260 can be selectively placed in fluid communication with thefilter assembly 4230, when the filter assembly is toggled into its second (or backflow) configuration, as described above. Thus, theelution module 4260 can include any suitable flow control devices, such as check valves, duck-bill valves, or the like to prevent flow back towards and/or into the elution volume. - Importantly, as described herein, the
elution module 4260 is configured such that it cannot be actuated out of the desired sequence of operations. Specifically, theelution module 4260 is configured to be locked until after the biological sample has been conveyed to thesample preparation module 4200 and the wash operation (described above) has occurred. Theelution module 4260 includes theelution portion 4104 of thesample transfer manifold 4100, the reagent (or third)actuator 4080, and anelution plunger 4270. Referring toFIGS. 21-25, and 28 , theelution portion 4104 of thesample transfer manifold 4100 includes acylindrical housing 4262 that defines anelution volume 4263 within which the elution buffer (or composition) is contained. - As shown in
FIG. 28 , theelution plunger 4270 is sealingly engaged with in inner side wall of thecylindrical housing 4262. Theelution plunger 4270 can include any number of seals (e.g., O-rings, gaskets, elastomeric portions, or the like) to fluidically isolate thevolume 4263 from the external volume of thedevice 4000. In some embodiments, the elution plunger can include a vent opening to allow controlled fluid communication of thevolume 4263 with an external volume. The elution composition within thevolume 4263 can be any suitable solution of the types described herein. - The lower portion of the
cylindrical housing 4262 defines an opening into theelution input passage 4109. In use, when theelution plunger 4270 is moved downward (in the direction shown by the arrow II), the elution composition is moved from within thevolume 4263 to theelution input passage 4109. Theelution input passage 4109 extends to thefilter assembly 4230, and is communication with theelution input port 4248 described above. In this manner, after the biological sample and the wash solution are conveyed from thesample input volume 4068 to thefilter assembly 4230, an elution composition can be backflushed through thefilter assembly 4230, as described above. - The
elution module 4260 is actuated by the reagent (or third)actuator 4080. Referring toFIGS. 38-39 , the reagent (or third)actuator 4080 includes atop surface 4081, afront surface 4091, aside surface 4090, aback surface 4082, and an inner surface. Thetop surface 4081 includes an indicator 4060 (i.e., “3”) to guide a user in the correct sequence of steps for use of theapparatus 4000. Theside surface 4090 includes a recessed area that matingly engages with theside surface 4078 of thesecond actuator 4050. In this manner, when thethird actuator 4080 is moved to its second position, theside surface 4078 of thesecond actuator 4070 guides the movement of thethird actuator 4080. Thefront surface 4091 includes a protrusion that engages the side wall of thelower housing 4040 to lock and/or retain thethird actuator 4080 in its second position. The inner surface includes aprotrusion 4088 that engages theelution plunger 4270 and moves theelution plunger 4270, as described herein. The inner surface includes fourreagent protrusions 4089 that each engage a reagent canister within thereagent module 4700 to puncture the reagent canisters when thethird actuator 4080 is moved. - The
back surface 4082 includes a pair of mountingprotrusions 4083. The mountingprotrusions 4083 are received within theactuator guide slots 4031. Additionally, the mountingprotrusions 4083 each include a connection portion that is connected to thebase 4096 of the spring clips 4095 (seeFIG. 40 ) coupled to thethird actuator 4080. In particular, twospring clips 4095 are coupled to the mountingprotrusions 4083 such that when thethird actuator 4080 is in its first position, thelock protrusion 4032 of the housing (i.e., between the two actuator guide slots 4031) is between the spring clips 4095 and the back surface 4082 (similar to the arrangement shown inFIG. 58 ). Theresilient portion 4097 of eachspring clip 4095 biases thelock portion 4098 of eachspring clip 4095 against thelock protrusion 4032. Similar to the arrangement shown inFIG. 59 , when thethird actuator 4080 is moved to its second (or actuated) position, thelock portions 4098 becomes disengaged with thelock protrusion 4032 of the housing, and contact theback surface 4082 of thethird actuator 4080. In this manner, thelock portions 4098 will engage the shoulder of thelock protrusion 4032 if thethird actuator 4080 is moved back towards its first position. In this manner, thethird actuator 4080 is retained in its second position. - As described above, the
back surface 4083 also functions to actuate thefilter assembly 4230 when thethird actuator 4080 is moved to its second position. In some embodiments, theback surface 4083 can include specific protrusions and/or surfaces to ensure that thefilter assembly 4230 is actuated at the proper time relative to the movement of theelution plunger 4270. -
FIGS. 47-52 show various views of the lysing module 4300 (also referred to as an inactivation module). Thelysing module 4300 includes achamber body 4310, abottom lid 4318, aheater 4330, and an electrode assembly. Thechamber body 4310 and thebottom lid 4318 can be referred to as a flow member. Although the flow member is shown as being constructed from two pieces (thebody 4310 and the bottom lid 4318) that are coupled together, in other embodiments, the flow member can be monolithically constructed. Thechamber body 4310 and thebottom lid 4318 define aninput port 4312, a first (or holding)volume 4311, avent 4314, a second (or inactivation)volume 4321, and anoutput port 4313. Theinput port 4312 can receive the eluent from the elution chamber and/or directly from thefilter assembly 4230. In other embodiments, however, theinput port 4312 can be fluidically coupled to a sample input module without the biological input being conveyed through a filter. In use, the eluent can flow into thelysing module 4300 and be collected in the holdingvolume 4311. The sample can be lysed within the holdingvolume 4311. For example, in some embodiments, the eluent containing the target organisms can be heated by theheater 4330 to maintain the eluent at or above a target lysing temperature. Similarly stated, in some embodiments, theheater 4330 can be coupled to thechamber body 4310 and/or thebottom lid 4318 such that theheater 4330 can convey thermal energy into thelysing module 4300 to produce a lysing temperature zone within the holdingvolume 4311. The lysing temperature zone can maintain the eluent at any of the temperatures and for any of the time periods described herein. - The
vent opening 4314 is in fluid communication with thefirst volume 4311, and thus allows air to flow into or out of the lysing module 4300 (including thefirst volume 4311 and the second volume 4321) as sample is conveyed into and/or out of thelysing module 4300. Thevent 4314 can also relieve pressure within either of thefirst volume 4311 or thesecond volume 4321 when the eluent is heated. Although shown as being a permanent vent (i.e., a vent having a fixed opening), in some embodiments, the lysing module 4300 (or any of the lysing modules described herein) can have an active vent. For example, in some embodiments, the lysing module 4300 (or any of the lysing modules described herein) can include a valve that controls the venting of pressure and/or air from within thelysing module 4300. - The
first volume 4311 is in fluid communication with the second volume 4322. In this manner, the eluent can flow from the first (or holding)volume 4311 through the second (or inactivation)volume 4321 of thelysing module 4300. More specifically, when a pressure gradient is applied across theinput port 4312 and theoutput port 4313, the eluent can flow from the holding volume 4311 (first volume) through the second volume 4322. The pressure gradient can be applied by any suitable mechanism, such as for example, a pump (e.g., the fluidic drive module 1400). As shown, thesecond volume 4321 is a serpentine channel that provides a high surface area to volume ratio. This arrangement allows for rapid inactivation of the lysis enzymes in the eluent. The eluent, after being flowed through the inactivation segment, may be flowed into theoutput port 4313 to be collected and/or conveyed to an amplification module (not shown). - As described above, the flow member is in contact with a
heating element 4330, which can be, for example, a printed circuit board (PCB) heater. Theheating element 4330 may function to heat the eluent as it flows through thesecond volume 4311 at a high temperature sufficient to inactivate the one or more lysis enzymes contained within the eluent. For example, the heating element may heat the eluent to about 57° C., about 58° C., about 59° C., about 60° C., about 61° C., about 62° C., about 63° C., about 64° C., about 65° C., about 66° C., about 67° C., about 68° C., about 69° C., about 70° C., about 71° C., about 72° C., about 73° C., about 74° C., about 75° C., about 76° C., about 77° C., about 78° C., about 79° C., about 80° C., about 81° C., about 82° C., about 83° C., about 84° C., about 85° C., about 86° C., about 87° C., about 88° C., about 89° C., about 90° C., about 91° C., about 92° C., about 93° C., about 94° C., about 95° C., about 96° C., about 97° C., about 98° C., about 99° C., about 100° C. or greater than 100° C. By heating the liquid eluent to a high temperature, the lysis enzymes as well as any other enzymes present can be deactivated. In some embodiments, the sample can be heated to about 95 C for about 4 minutes. - In some embodiments, the heater on the
PCB 4330 is specifically designed to heat the serpentine portion of the lysing module 4300 (i.e., the second volume 4321) while not heating theholding volume 4311. Because thelid 4318 of thelysing module 4300 is thick, the heater surface may be heated well above the desired temperature of the fluid. Since theelectrodes 4971, 4972 (described in more detail below) are thermally conductive and come into direct contact with the fluid, the fluid surrounding theelectrodes volume 4311, a slot (not shown) may be cut in thePCB 4330 to isolate the heater from the portion of the PCB adjacent and/or in contact with the holdingvolume 4311. For example, in some embodiments, theheater 4330 can include a series of slots and/or openings as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/494,145, entitled “Printed Circuit Board Heater for an Amplification Module,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Moreover, in some embodiments, the heating element of theheater 4330 is located on an internal layer so the top copper pour (not shown) can be used as a heat spreader to minimize temperature variation along the serpentine path. The six wires soldered to thePCB 4330 may remove heat from the surrounding area, creating temperature gradients across the heater surface. To minimize this effect, wires may be soldered on both sides of the heater surface so the temperature roll off is symmetrical. - In some embodiments, the
lysing module 4300 can determine whether there is liquid in thefirst volume 4311 and/or thesecond volume 4321. Specifically, thelysing module 4300 includes electrical probes to determine electrical resistance of the fluid within the first volume. In some embodiments, the molecular diagnostic device (e.g., the device 1000) can include an electronic controller configured to determine when the user has actuated the elution module (e.g., by pressing thereagent actuator 4080 described above) by detecting the presence of liquid in thefirst volume 4311. In this manner, the introduction of liquid into thefirst volume 4311 can trigger the start of the device. - Specifically, the control system and/or the
lysing module 4300 includes twoelectrodes first volume 4311. Theelectrodes electrodes electrodes electrodes 4971, 4972 (fluid detected). Use of a sample matrix with high salt concentration increases the conductivity of the fluid, which may make the fluid easily detectable even with variation across samples. - The
electrodes electrodes electrodes - Both DNA and cells have a net charge so they may migrate in the presence of an electric field. Because the resistance change between the
electrodes electrodes electrodes - As described, the solution within the
second volume 4321 is rapidly heated to temperatures of up to about 100 degrees Celsius. Thelysing module 4300 and/or the formulation of the input solution (e.g., the eluent), however, can collectively reduce the likelihood that the liquid portion of the input solution will boil during the lysing/inactivation operations. Such boiling can produce undesirable bubbles and/or air pockets and can reduce the repeatability of the lysing and/or inactivation operations. Moreover, to facilitate use of the device at a variety of different altitudes, thelysing module 4300 and/or the formulation of the input solution can collectively reduce the likelihood that the liquid portion of the input solution will boil at a temperature of 99 degrees Celsius or higher, 98 degrees Celsius or higher, 96 degrees Celsius or higher, 94 degrees Celsius or higher, 92 degrees Celsius or higher, 90 degrees Celsius or higher, or 88 degrees Celsius or higher. For example, in some embodiments, the input solution can include salts and/or sugars to raise the boiling temperature of the input solution. In other embodiments, thelysing module 4300 can include one or more vent openings into either thefirst volume 4311 or thesecond volume 4321 or both (to limit pressure build-up during heating). - After the lysing and inactivation operations, the output from the
lysing module 4300 can be conveyed into the mixing module (also referred to as simply the mixing chamber) 4500, which mixes the output ofinactivation module 4300 with the reagents to conduct a successful amplification reaction. Similarly stated, themixing module 4500 is configured to reconstitute the reagent in a predetermined input volume, while ensuring even local concentrations of reagents in the entirety of the volume. In some embodiments, the mixingchamber module 4500 is configured to produce and/or convey a sufficient volume of liquid for theamplification module 4600 to provide sufficient volume output to thedetection module 4800. Themixing module 4500 can be any suitable mixing module, such as those shown and described in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety - The fluidic drive (or transfer)
module 4400 can be a pump or series of pumps configured to produce a pressure differential and/or flow of the solutions within thediagnostic test device 4000. Similarly stated, thefluid transfer module 4400 is configured to generate fluid pressure, fluid flow and/or otherwise convey the biological sample and the reagents through the various modules of thedevice 4000. Thefluid transfer module 4400 is configured to contact and/or receive the sample flow therein. Thus, in some embodiments, thedevice 4000 is specifically configured for a single-use to eliminate the likelihood that contamination of thefluid transfer module 4400 and/or thesample preparation module 4200 will become contaminated from previous runs, thereby negatively impacting the accuracy of the results. Thefluid transfer module 4500 can be any suitable fluid transfer module, such as those shown and described in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. - After being mixed within the
mixing module 4500, the prepared sample is then conveyed to the amplification module 4600 (as shown by the arrow EE inFIG. 9 ). Theamplification module 4600 includes aflow member 4610 and aheater 4630. Theflow member 4610 can be any suitable flow member that defines a volume or a series of volumes within which the that prepared solution S3 can flow and/or be maintained to amplify the target nucleic acid molecules within the solution S3. Theheater 4630 can be any suitable heater or group of heaters coupled to theflow member 4610 that can heat the prepared solution within theflow member 4610 to perform any of the amplification operations as described herein. For example, in some embodiments, the amplification module 4600 (or any of the amplification modules described herein) can be similar to the amplification modules shown and described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/494,145, entitled “Printed Circuit Board Heater for an Amplification Module,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In other embodiments, the amplification module 4600 (or any of the amplification modules described herein) can be similar to the amplification modules shown and described in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. - In some embodiments, the
flow member 4610 defines a single volume within which the prepared solution is maintained and heated to amplify the nucleic acid molecules within the prepared solution. In other embodiments, theflow member 4610 can define a “switchback” or serpentine flow path through which the prepared solution flows. Similarly stated, theflow member 4610 defines a flow path that is curved such that the flow path intersects theheater 4630 at multiple locations. In this manner, theamplification module 4600 can perform a “flow through” amplification reaction where the prepared solution flows through multiple different temperature regions. - The flow member 4610 (and any of the flow members described herein) can be constructed from any suitable material and can have any suitable dimensions to facilitate the desired amplification performance for the desired volume of sample. For example, in some embodiments, the amplification module 4600 (and any of the amplification modules described herein) can perform 4000× or greater amplification in a time of less than 45 minutes. For example, in some embodiments, the flow member 4610 (and any of the flow members described herein) is constructed from at least one of a cyclic olefin copolymer or a graphite-based material. Such materials facilitate the desired heat transfer properties into the flow path. Moreover, in some embodiments, the flow member 4610 (and any of the flow members described herein) can have a thickness of less than about 0.5 mm. In some embodiments, the flow member 4610 (and any of the flow members described herein) can have a volume about 450 microliters or greater, and the flow can be such that at least 40 microliters of sample is amplified. In other embodiments, at least 20 microliters of sample are amplified by the methods and devices described herein. In other embodiments, at least 30 microliters of sample are amplified by the methods and devices described herein. In yet other embodiments, at least 50 microliters of sample are amplified by the methods and devices described herein.
- The
heater 4630 can be any suitable heater or collection of heaters that can perform the functions described herein to amplify the prepared solution. In some embodiments, theheater 4630 can establish multiple temperature zones through which the prepared solution flows and/or can define a desired number of amplification cycles to ensure the desired test sensitivity (e.g., at least 30 cycles, at least 34 cycles, at least 36 cycles, at least 38 cycles, or at least 40 cycles). The heater 4630 (and any of the heaters described herein) can be of any suitable design. For example, in some embodiments, theheater 4630 can be a resistance heater, a thermoelectric device (e.g. a Peltier device), or the like. In some embodiments, theheater 4630 can be one or more linear “strip heaters” arranged such that the flow path crosses the heaters at multiple different points. In other embodiments, theheater 4630 can be one or more curved heaters having a geometry that corresponds to that of theflow member 4610 to produce multiple different temperature zones in the flow path. - Although the
amplification module 4600 is generally described as performing a thermal cycling operation on the prepared solution, in other embodiment, theamplification module 4600 can perform any suitable thermal reaction to amplify nucleic acids within the solution. In some embodiments, the amplification module 4600 (and any of the amplification modules described herein) can perform any suitable type of isothermal amplification process, including, for example, Loop Mediated Isothermal Amplification (LAMP), Nucleic Acid Sequence Based Amplification (NASBA), which can be useful to detect target RNA molecules, Strand Displacement Amplification (SDA), Multiple Displacement Amplification (MDA), Ramification Amplification Method (RAM), or any other type of isothermal process - The detection methods enabled by the
device 4000 include sequential delivery of the detection reagents and other substances within thedevice 4000. Further, thedevice 4000 is configured to be an “off-the-shelf” product for use in a point-of-care location (or other decentralized location), and is thus configured for long-term storage. Accordingly, thereagent storage module 4700 is configured for simple, non-empirical steps for the user to remove the reagents from their long-term storage containers, and for removing all the reagents from their storage containers using a single user action. In some embodiments, thereagent storage module 4700 and therotary selection valve 4340 are configured for allowing the reagents to be used in thedetection module 4800, one at a time, without user intervention. - Specifically, the
device 4000 is configured such that the last step of the initial user operation (i.e., the depressing of the reagent actuator 4080) results in dispensing the stored reagents. This action crushes and/or opens the sealed reagent containers present in the assembly and relocates the liquid for delivery. The rotary ventingselector valve 4340 allows thereagent module 4700 to be vented for this step, and thus allows for opening of the reagent containers, but closes the vents to the tanks once this process is concluded. Thus, the reagents remain in thereagent module 4700 until needed in thedetection module 4800. When a desired reagent is needed, therotary valve 4340 opens the appropriate vent path to thereagent module 4700, and thefluidic drive module 4400 applies vacuum to the output port of the reagent module 4700 (via the detection module 4800), thus conveying the reagents from thereagent module 4700. Thereagent module 4700 and thevalve 4340 can be similar to the reagent modules and valves shown and described in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. - The
detection module 4800 is configured to receive output from theamplification module 4600 and reagents from thereagent module 4700 to produce a colorimetric change to indicate presence or absence of target organism in the initial input sample. Thedetection module 4800 also produces a colorimetric signal to indicate the general correct operation of the test (positive control and negative control). In some embodiments, color change induced by the reaction is easy to read and binary, with no requirement to interpret shade or hue. Thedetection module 4800 can be similar to the detection modules shown and described in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. - Referring to
FIGS. 64 and 65 , the detection module includes a lid (not shown, but similar to thelid 2802 shown and described above), adetection housing 4810 and aheater 4840. Theheater 4840 can be similar to any of the circuit board heaters described herein and also shown and described in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. - The lid and the
detection housing 4810 form a flow cell for detection. Thehousing 4810 defines a detection chamber/channel 4812 having asample inlet portion 4813, a reagent inlet portion, adetection portion 4821, and anoutlet portion 4828. Thesample inlet portion 4813 includes thesample inlet port 4814, which is fluidically coupled to the outlet of theamplification module 4600 and receives the amplified sample. The reagent inlet portion includes a firstreagent inlet port 4815, a secondreagent inlet port 4816, a thirdreagent inlet port 4817, and a fourthreagent inlet port 4818. The firstreagent inlet port 4815 is coupled to thereagent module 4700 via thefluid passage 4043 of thevertical manifold 4035. Thus, in use a first reagent (e.g., a detection reagent, such as the first reagent R1 described above with reference to the reagent module 2700) can be conveyed into thedetection channel 4812 via the firstreagent inlet port 4815. The secondreagent inlet port 4816 is coupled to thereagent module 4700 via thefluid passage 4044 of thevertical manifold 4035. Thus, in use a second reagent (e.g., a wash solution) can be conveyed into thedetection channel 4812 via the secondreagent inlet port 4816. The thirdreagent inlet port 4817 is coupled to thereagent module 4700 via thefluid passage 4045 of thevertical manifold 4035. Thus, in use a third reagent (e.g., a detection reagent, such as the second reagent R2 described above with reference to the reagent module 2700) can be conveyed into thedetection channel 4812 via the thirdreagent inlet port 4817. The fourthreagent inlet port 4818 is coupled to thereagent module 4700 via thefluid passage 4046 of thevertical manifold 4035. Thus, in use a fourth reagent (e.g., a second flow of a detection reagent, such as the second reagent R2 described above with reference to the reagent module 2700) can be conveyed into thedetection channel 4812 via the firstreagent inlet port 4818. - The
detection channel 4812 includes anentrance portion 4811, adetection portion 4821, andoutlet portion 4828. The detection portion (or “read lane”) 4821 is defined, at least in part by, and/or includes a series of detection surfaces. The detection surfaces 4821 include a series of capture probes to which the target amplicon can be bound when the detection solution flows across thedetection surface 4821. The capture probes can be any suitable probes formulated to capture or bind to the target amplicon, such as those described above with respect to thedetection module 2800. Specifically, thedetection portion 4821 includes five detection surfaces. Each of the detection surfaces are chemically modified to contain a desired capture probe configuration. Specifically, a first detection surface can include a hybridization probe specific to Neisseria gonorrhea (NG). A second detection surface can include a hybridization probe specific to Chlamydia trachomatis (CT). A third detection surface can include a hybridization probe specific to Trichomonas vaginalis (TV). A fourth detection surface can include non-target probe for a negative control. A fifth detection surface can include a hybridization probe for a positive control (A. fischeri, N. subflava, or the like). - The negative control surface 4825 includes a non-target probe and should always appear white (no color). In some embodiments, the negative control surface can be placed as the last spot (i.e., in the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow SS) because this arrangement shows whether the reagent volumes, fluidic movement, and wash steps were working properly.
- The size and shape of the detection surfaces can be similar that described above with reference to the
detection module 2800. Similarly, the size (width, depth and/or length) of thedetection portion 4821 of thechannel 4812 can be similar that described above with reference to thedetection module 2800. Moreover, in some embodiments, the detection channel 4812 (and any of the detection channels described herein) can be free from a porous material. Said another way, in some embodiments, the detection channel 4812 (and any of the detection channels described herein) can a flow through device that does not include a detection strip (i.e., a porous or membrane-like material, such as cellulose, that wicks or otherwise absorbs the solutions flowed therethrough). - The
device 4000 can be used to perform any of the methods described herein. To use the device, a biological sample is first placed into thesample input volume 4068, as described above. Thelid 4140 is then moved to it closed position, thereby sealing thesample input volume 4068. After thelid 4140 is closed, thefirst actuator 4050 can be manipulated to actuate thesample input module 4170, as shown by the arrow OO inFIG. 56 . As shown inFIGS. 58 and 59 , movement of thefirst actuator 4050 compresses thesample input volume 4068 and pushes the sample to thefilter assembly 4230. The movement of thefirst actuator 4050 unlocks the second actuator 4070 (by moving thelock 4130, as described above). Thesecond actuator 4070 can then be depressed, as shown by the arrow QQ inFIG. 60 . This causes the wash solution to be conveyed into thefilter assembly 4230, as described above. The movement of thesecond actuator 4070 unlocks the third actuator 4080 (by moving thelock 4130, as described above). Thethird actuator 4080 can then be depressed, as shown by the arrow SS inFIG. 62 . This actuates the filter assembly 4230 (to move thesecond plate 4252, as described above) and also causes the elution solution to be conveyed into thefilter assembly 4230, as described above. The movement of thethird actuator 4080 also releases the reagents from the reagent canisters. - The eluted solution is flowed in a backflush operation through the
filter assembly 4230 and towards the inactivation/lysing module 4300. As described above thelysing module 4300 includes a sensor that actuates the remaining portions of thedevice 4000, thereby causing thedevice 4000 to complete the detection operations as describe above. - In one aspect, a device is provided comprising: (a) an input port, configured to receive the biological sample comprising one or more biological cells or biological entities; (b) a filter assembly comprising a filter configured to capture the one or more biological cells or biological entities, wherein the input port is configured to relay the biological sample to the filter assembly; (c) one or more reservoirs comprising a wash solution, a lysis solution, or both, operably coupled to the filter assembly; (d) a waste chamber, operably coupled to the filter assembly and configured to receive waste from the filter assembly; and (e) an elution chamber, operably coupled to the filter assembly and configured to receive an eluent from the filter assembly.
-
FIG. 66 is a flow chart of amethod 10 of detecting a target amplicon, according to an embodiment. Themethod 10 includes conveying a detection solution containing the target amplicon into a detection module of a molecular diagnostic test device, at 12. The detection module, which can be any of the detection modules described herein (e.g., thedetection modules - A first reagent formulated to produce a visible signal indicating a presence of the target amplicon is then conveyed into the detection module, at 14. The first reagent is bound to a second portion of the target amplicon in response to being conveyed. The first reagent can be any of the reagents described herein, including the first reagent R1 described above in connection with the
detection module 2800. - In some embodiments, the method optionally includes flowing, after the first reagent is conveyed, a wash solution through the detection module, at 16. The method further includes conveying into the detection module a second reagent, at 18. The second reagent includes a precipitating substrate formulated to catalyze the production of the visible signal by producing an insoluble colored product when the second reagent is in contact with the first reagent. The second reagent can be any of the reagents described herein, including the second reagent R2 described above in connection with the
detection module 2800. In some embodiments, themethod 10 can optionally include evacuating and/or washing the second reagent from the detection module (e.g., via wash or vacuum operation), thereby leaving the colored product present in the detection module. A visible signal is then viewed via a transparent portion of the detection module, at 19. In some embodiments, the visible signal can persist for viewing for up to one hour, two hours, twelve hours, twenty four hours, or forty eight hours. -
FIG. 67 is a flow chart of amethod 20 of detecting a target amplicon, according to an embodiment. Themethod 20 includes conveying a detection solution containing the target amplicon into a detection module of a molecular diagnostic test device, at 22. The detection module, which can be any of the detection modules described herein (e.g., thedetection modules - The biological sample is conveyed from the sample input volume to an amplification module within the molecular diagnostic test device, at 23A. A portion of the amplification module is then heated to amplify a nucleic acid from a plurality of nucleic acid molecules extracted from the biological sample to produce a detection solution containing a target amplicon, at 23B. The detection solution is then conveyed through a detection channel defined at least in part by a detection surface, the detection surface including a series of capture probes to which a first portion of the target amplicon is bound, at 23C. A first reagent formulated to produce a visible signal indicating a presence of the target amplicon is then conveyed through the detection channel, at 23D. The first reagent is bound to a second portion of the target amplicon when conveyed through the detection channel. A second reagent formulated to catalyze the production of the visible signal when the second reagent is in contact with the first reagent is then conveyed through the detection channel, at 23E.
- A visible signal is then viewed via a transparent portion of the detection module, at 24. In some embodiments, the visible signal can persist for viewing for up to one hour, two hours, twelve hours, twenty four hours, or forty eight hours.
- While various embodiments have been described above, it should be understood that they have been presented by way of example only, and not limitation. Where methods and/or schematics described above indicate certain events and/or flow patterns occurring in certain order, the ordering of certain events and/or flow patterns may be modified. While the embodiments have been particularly shown and described, it will be understood that various changes in form and details may be made.
- For example, any of the sample input modules, sample preparation modules, amplification modules, heater assemblies, and detection modules shown and described herein can be used in any suitable diagnostic device. Such devices can include, for example, a single-use device that can be used in a point-of-care setting and/or in a user's home. Similarly stated, in some embodiments, the device (and any of the other devices shown and described herein) can be configured for use in a decentralized test facility. Further, in some embodiments, any of the sample input modules, sample preparation modules, amplification modules, heater assemblies, and detection modules shown and described herein can be included within a CLIA-waived device and/or can facilitate the operation of a device in accordance with methods that are CLIA waived. Similarly stated, in some embodiments, the sample input modules, the sample preparation modules, the amplification modules, and the detection modules shown and described herein can facilitate operation of a device in a sufficiently simple manner that can produce results with sufficient accuracy to pose a limited likelihood of misuse and/or to pose a limited risk of harm if used improperly. In some embodiments, the sample input modules, the sample preparation modules, the amplification modules, and the detection modules shown and described herein can be used in any of the diagnostic devices shown and described in International Patent Publication No. WO2016/109691, entitled “Devices and Methods for Molecular Diagnostic Testing,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- The devices and methods described herein can be used to analyze any suitable type of biological sample, such as a tissue sample (e.g., a blood sample). In some cases, the biological sample comprises a bodily fluid taken from a subject. In some cases, the bodily fluid includes one or more cells comprising nucleic acids. In some cases, the one or more cells comprise one or more microbial cells, including, but not limited to, bacteria, archaebacteria, protists, and fungi. In some cases, the biological sample includes one or more virus particles. In some cases, the biological sample includes one or more microbes that causes a sexually-transmitted disease. A sample may comprise a sample from a subject, such as whole blood; blood products; red blood cells; white blood cells; buffy coat; swabs; urine; sputum; saliva; semen; lymphatic fluid; endolymph; perilymph; gastric juice; bile; mucus; sebum; sweat; tears; vaginal secretion; vomit; feces; breast milk; cerumen; amniotic fluid; cerebrospinal fluid; peritoneal effusions; pleural effusions; biopsy samples; fluid from cysts; synovial fluid; vitreous humor; aqueous humor; bursa fluid; eye washes; eye aspirates; plasma; serum; pulmonary lavage; lung aspirates; animal, including human, tissues, including but not limited to, liver, spleen, kidney, lung, intestine, brain, heart, muscle, pancreas, cell cultures, as well as lysates, extracts, or materials and fractions obtained from the samples described above or any cells and microorganisms and viruses that may be present on or in a sample. A sample may include cells of a primary culture or a cell line. Examples of cell lines include, but are not limited to 293-T human kidney cells, A2870 human ovary cells, A431 human epithelium, B35 rat neuroblastoma cells, BHK-21 hamster kidney cells, BR293 human breast cells, CHO chinese hamster ovary cells, CORL23 human lung cells, HeLa cells, or Jurkat cells. The sample may include a homogeneous or mixed population of microbes, including one or more of viruses, bacteria, protists, monerans, chromalveolata, archaea, or fungi. The biological sample can be a urine sample, a vaginal swab, a cervical swab, an anal swab, or a cheek swab. The biological sample can be obtained from a hospital, laboratory, clinical or medical laboratory.
- The devices and methods described herein, however, are not limited to performing a molecular diagnostic test on human samples. In some embodiments, any of the devices and methods described herein can be used with veterinary samples, food samples, and/or environmental samples. Examples of environmental sources include, but are not limited to agricultural fields, lakes, rivers, water reservoirs, air vents, walls, roofs, soil samples, plants, and swimming pools. Examples of industrial sources include, but are not limited to clean rooms, hospitals, food processing areas, food production areas, food stuffs, medical laboratories, pharmacies, and pharmaceutical compounding centers. Examples of subjects from which polynucleotides may be isolated include multicellular organisms, such as fish, amphibians, reptiles, birds, and mammals. Examples of mammals include primates (e.g., apes, monkeys, gorillas), rodents (e.g., mice, rats), cows, pigs, sheep, horses, dogs, cats, or rabbits. In some examples, the mammal is a human.
- In some embodiments, any of the devices or methods described herein can include a sample buffer (e.g., within a sample preparation module, sample transfer manifold, or reagent module) and/or can mix a sample buffer with the biological sample. In some cases, the sample buffer can include bovine serum albumin and/or a detergent. In some cases, the sample buffer includes about 0.1% to 5% bovine serum albumin. In some cases, the sample buffer includes about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 1%, 1.5%, 2%, 2.5%, 3%, 4%, or 5% bovine serum albumin. In some cases, the sample buffer includes about 0.1% to 20% detergent. In some cases, the sample buffer includes about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, or 10% detergent. In some cases, the detergent is Tween-20. The choice of sample buffer to be used may depend on the intended method. For example, the choice of sample buffer may different when a wash step will be used to when a wash step is not used. If a wash step will not be used then the sample buffer may be a buffer suitable for lysis and subsequent PCR reactions.
- In some embodiments, a sample buffer can include Tris HCL, Tween-80, BSA, Proclin and Antifoam SE-15. In some embodiments, a sample buffer may have a composition of: 50 mM Tris pH 8.4, Tween-80, 2% (w/v), BSA, 0.25% (w/v), Proclin 300 0.03% (w/v), and Antifoam SE-15, 0.002% (v/v) made up in purified water. Tris HCL is a common buffer for PCR. When it is heated during thermocycling, the pH may drop, for example, a Tris buffer with pH of 8.4 at a temperature of 25° C. may drop to a pH of about ˜7.4 when heated to about 95° C. The range of concentrations could be from 0.1 mM to 1 M. The pH range could be from 6 to 10. Any other PCR compatible buffer could be used, for example HEPES. Proclin 300 is a broad spectrum antimicrobial used as a preservative to ensure a long shelf life of the collection media. It could be used from 0.01% (w/v) to 0.1% (w/v). Many other antimicrobials are known in the art and could be used in a sample buffer. In some embodiments, a reagent or wash buffer can include Antifoam SE-15 to reduce foaming during manufacturing and fluidic movement through the device. It could be used from 0.001% (v/v) to 1% (v/v). Any other antifoam agent could also be used, for example, Antifoam 204, Antifoam A, Antifoam B, Antifoam C, or Antifoam Y-30.
- In some embodiments, any of the amplification modules described can be configured to conduct a “rapid” PCR (e.g., completing at least 30 cycles in less than about 10 minutes), and rapid production of an output signal (e.g., via a detection module). Similarly stated, the amplification modules described herein can be configured to process volumes, to have dimensional sizes and/or be constructed from materials that facilitates a rapid PCR or amplification in less than about 10 minutes, less than about 9 minutes, less than about 8 minutes, less than about 7 minutes, less than about 6 minutes, or any range therebetween, as described herein.
- Some embodiments described herein relate to a computer storage product with a non-transitory computer-readable medium (also can be referred to as a non-transitory processor-readable medium) having instructions or computer code thereon for performing various computer-implemented operations. The computer-readable medium (or processor-readable medium) is non-transitory in the sense that it does not include transitory propagating signals per se (e.g., a propagating electromagnetic wave carrying information on a transmission medium such as space or a cable). The media and computer code (also can be referred to as code) may be those designed and constructed for the specific purpose or purposes. Examples of non-transitory computer-readable media include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage media such as hard disks, floppy disks, and magnetic tape; optical storage media such as Compact Disc/Digital Video Discs (CD/DVDs), Compact Disc-Read Only Memories (CD-ROMs), and holographic devices; magneto-optical storage media such as optical disks; carrier wave signal processing modules; and hardware devices that are specially configured to store and execute program code, such as Application-Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs), Read-Only Memory (ROM) and Random-Access Memory (RAM) devices.
- Examples of computer code include, but are not limited to, micro-code or microinstructions, machine instructions, such as produced by a compiler, code used to produce a web service, and files containing higher-level instructions that are executed by a computer using an interpreter. For example, embodiments may be implemented using imperative programming languages (e.g., C, Fortran, etc.), functional programming languages (Haskell, Erlang, etc.), logical programming languages (e.g., Prolog), object-oriented programming languages (e.g., Java, C++, etc.) or other suitable programming languages and/or development tools. Additional examples of computer code include, but are not limited to, control signals, encrypted code, and compressed code.
- The processor included within the control module 4900 (and any of the processors and/or controllers described herein) can be any processor configured to, for example, write data into and read data from the memory of the controller, and execute the instructions and/or methods stored within the memory. Furthermore, the processor can be configured to control operation of the other modules within the controller (e.g., the temperature feedback module and the flow module). Specifically, the processor can receive a signal including temperature data, current measurements or the like and determine an amount of power and/or current to be supplied to each heater assembly, the desired timing and sequence of the piston pulses and the like. For example, in some embodiments, the controller can be an 8-bit PIC microcontroller, which will control the power delivered to various heating assemblies and components within the
amplification module 4600. This microcontroller can also contain code for and/or be configured to minimize the instantaneous power requirements on the power source. - In other embodiments, the processor (and any of the processors described herein) can be, for example, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or a combination of ASICs, which are designed to perform one or more specific functions. In yet other embodiments, the microprocessor can be an analog or digital circuit, or a combination of multiple circuits.
- The memory device of the controller (and any of the memory devices described herein) can be any suitable device such as, for example, a read only memory (ROM) component, a random access memory (RAM) component, electronically programmable read only memory (EPROM), erasable electronically programmable read only memory (EEPROM), registers, cache memory, and/or flash memory. Any of the modules (the pressure feedback module and the position feedback module) can be implemented by the processor and/or stored within the memory.
- Although various embodiments have been described as having particular features and/or combinations of components, other embodiments are possible having a combination of any features and/or components from any of embodiments as discussed above.
- For example, although the substrate 4640 is not shown as defining an aperture, in other embodiments, the substrate 4640 (or any of the other substrates shown or described herein) can define an aperture similar to the aperture 1641 shown and described with reference to the amplification module 1600.
- Any of the devices and methods described herein can be utilized to detect the presence or absence of nucleic acids associated with one or more bacterial cells in a biological sample. In some embodiments, the one or more bacterial cells are pathogens. In some embodiments, the one or more bacterial cells are infectious. Non-limiting examples of bacterial pathogens that can be detected include Mycobacteria (e.g., M. tuberculosis, M. bovis, M. avium, M. leprae, and M. africanum), rickettsia, mycoplasma, chlamydia, and legionella. Some examples of bacterial infections include, but are not limited to, infections caused by Gram positive bacillus (e.g., Listeria, Bacillus such as Bacillus anthracis, Erysipelothrix species), Gram negative bacillus (e.g., Bartonella, Brucella, Campylobacter, Enterobacter, Escherichia, Francisella, Hemophilus, Klebsiella, Morganella, Proteus, Providencia, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Serratia, Shigella, Vibrio and Yersinia species), spirochete bacteria (e.g., Borrelia species including Borrelia burgdorferi that causes Lyme disease), anaerobic bacteria (e.g., Actinomyces and Clostridium species), Gram positive and negative coccal bacteria, Enterococcus species, Streptococcus species, Pneumococcus species, Staphylococcus species, and Neisseria species. Specific examples of infectious bacteria include, but are not limited to: Helicobacter pyloris, Legionella pneumophilia, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium avium, Mycobacterium intracellulare, Mycobacterium kansaii, Mycobacterium gordonae, Staphylococcus aureus, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitidis, Listeria monocytogenes, Streptococcus pyogenes (Group A Streptococcus), Streptococcus agalactiae (Group B Streptococcus), Streptococcus viridans, Streptococcus faecalis, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Haemophilus influenzae, Bacillus antracis, Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, Clostridium tetani, Enterobacter aerogenes, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Pasturella multocida, Fusobacterium nucleatum, Streptobacillus moniliformis, Treponema pallidium, Treponema pertenue, Leptospira, Rickettsia, and Actinomyces israelii, Acinetobacter, Bacillus, Bordetella, Borrelia, Brucella, Campylobacter, Chlamydia, Chlamydophila, Clostridium, Corynebacterium, Enterococcus, Haemophilus, Helicobacter, Mycobacterium, Mycoplasma, Stenotrophomonas, Treponema, Vibrio, Yersinia, Acinetobacter baumanii, Bordetella pertussis, Brucella abortus, Brucella canis, Brucella melitensis, Brucella suis, Campylobacter jejuni, Chlamydia pneumoniae, Chlamydia trachomatis, Chlamydophila psittaci, Clostridium botulinum, Clostridium difficile, Clostridium perfringens, Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Enterobacter sazakii, Enterobacter agglomerans, Enterobacter cloacae, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Escherichia coli, Francisella tularensis, Helicobacter pylori, Legionella pneumophila, Leptospira interrogans, Mycobacterium leprae, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium ulcerans, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Rickettsia rickettsii, Salmonella typhi, Salmonella typhimurium, Salmonella enterica, Shigella sonnei, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Stenotrophomonas maltophilia, Vibrio cholerae, Yersinia pestis, and the like. In some instances, the infectious bacteria is Neisseria gonorrhoeae or Chlamydia trachomatis.
- Any of the devices and methods described herein can be utilized to detect the presence or absence of nucleic acids associated with one or more viruses in a biological sample. Non-limiting examples of viruses include the herpes virus (e.g., human cytomegalomous virus (HCMV), herpes simplex virus I (HSV-1), herpes simplex virus 2 (HSV-2), varicella zoster virus (VZV), Epstein-Barr virus), influenza A virus and Hepatitis C virus (HCV) or a picornavirus such as Coxsackievirus B3 (CVB3). Other viruses may include, but are not limited to, the hepatitis B virus, HIV, poxvirus, hepadavirus, retrovirus, and RNA viruses such as flavivirus, togavirus, coronavirus, Hepatitis D virus, orthomyxovirus, paramyxovirus, rhabdovirus, bunyavirus, filo virus, Adenovirus, Human herpesvirus, type 8, Human papillomavirus, BK virus, JC virus, Smallpox, Hepatitis B virus, Human bocavirus,
Parvovirus B 19, Human astrovirus, Norwalk virus, coxsackievirus, hepatitis A virus, poliovirus, rhinovirus, Severe acute respiratory syndrome virus, Hepatitis C virus, yellow fever virus, dengue virus, West Nile virus, Rubella virus, Hepatitis E virus, and Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). In some embodiments, the virus is an enveloped virus. Examples of such enveloped viruses include, but are not limited to, viruses that are members of the hepadnavirus family, herpesvirus family, iridovirus family, poxvirus family, flavivirus family, togavirus family, retrovirus family, coronavirus family, filovirus family, rhabdovirus family, bunyavirus family, orthomyxovirus family, paramyxovirus family, and arenavirus family. Other examples include, but are not limited to, Hepadnavirus hepatitis B virus (HBV), woodchuck hepatitis virus, ground squirrel (Hepadnaviridae) hepatitis virus, duck hepatitis B virus, heron hepatitis B virus, Herpesvirus herpes simplex virus (HSV) types 1 and 2, varicellazoster virus, cytomegalovirus (CMV), human cytomegalovirus (HCMV), mouse cytomegalovirus (MCMV), guinea pig cytomegalovirus (GPCMV), Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), human herpes virus 6 (HHV variants A and B), human herpes virus 7 (HHV-7), human herpes virus 8 (HHV-8), Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpes virus (KSHV), B virus Poxvirus vaccinia virus, variola virus, smallpox virus, monkeypox virus, cowpox virus, camelpox virus, ectromelia virus, mousepox virus, rabbitpox viruses, raccoon pox viruses, molluscum contagiosum virus, orf virus, milker's nodes virus, bovin papullar stomatitis virus, sheeppox virus, goatpox virus, lumpy skin disease virus, fowlpox virus, canarypox virus, pigeonpox virus, sparrowpox virus, myxoma virus, hare fibroma virus, rabbit fibroma virus, squirrel fibroma viruses, swinepox virus, tanapox virus, Yabapox virus, Flavivirus dengue virus, hepatitis C virus (HCV), GB hepatitis viruses (GBV-A, GBV-B and GBV-C), West Nile virus, yellow fever virus, St. Louis encephalitis virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, tick-borne encephalitis virus, Kyasanur Forest disease virus, Togavirus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis (VEE) virus, chikungunya virus, Ross River virus, Mayaro virus, Sindbis virus, rubella virus, Retrovirus human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) types 1 and 2, human T cell leukemia virus (HTLV) types 1, 2, and 5, mouse mammary tumor virus (MMTV), Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), lentiviruses, Coronavirus, severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) virus, Filovirus Ebola virus, Marburg virus, Metapneumoviruses (MPV) such as human metapneumovirus (HMPV), Rhabdovirus rabies virus, vesicular stomatitis virus, Bunyavirus, Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever virus, Rift Valley fever virus, La Crosse virus, Hantaan virus, Orthomyxovirus, influenza virus (types A, B, and C), Paramyxovirus, parainfluenza virus (PIV types 1, 2 and 3), respiratory syncytial virus (types A and B), measles virus, mumps virus, Arenavirus, lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, Junin virus, Machupo virus, Guanarito virus, Lassa virus, Ampari virus, Flexal virus, Ippy virus, Mobala virus, Mopeia virus, Latino virus, Parana virus, Pichinde virus, Punta torn virus (PTV), Tacaribe virus and Tamiami virus. In some embodiments, the virus is a non-enveloped virus, examples of which include, but are not limited to, viruses that are members of the parvovirus family, circovirus family, polyoma virus family, papillomavirus family, adenovirus family, iridovirus family, reovirus family, birnavirus family, calicivirus family, and picornavirus family. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, canine parvovirus, parvovirus B19, porcine circovirus type 1 and 2, BFDV (Beak and Feather Disease virus, chicken anaemia virus, Polyomavirus, simian virus 40 (SV40), JC virus, BK virus, Budgerigar fledgling disease virus, human papillomavirus, bovine papillomavirus (BPV) type 1, cotton tail rabbit papillomavirus, human adenovirus (HAdV-A, HAdV-B, HAdV-C, HAdV-D, HAdV-E, and HAdV-F), fowl adenovirus A, bovine adenovirus D, frog adenovirus, Reovirus, human orbivirus, human coltivirus, mammalian orthoreovirus, bluetongue virus, rotavirus A, rotaviruses (groups B to G), Colorado tick fever virus, aquareovirus A, cypovirus 1, Fiji disease virus, rice dwarf virus, rice ragged stunt virus, idnoreovirus 1, mycoreovirus 1, Birnavirus, bursal disease virus, pancreatic necrosis virus, Calicivirus, swine vesicular exanthema virus, rabbit hemorrhagic disease virus, Norwalk virus, Sapporo virus, Picornavirus, human polioviruses (1-3), human coxsackieviruses A1-22, 24 (CA1-22 and CA24, CA23 (echovirus 9)), human coxsackieviruses (B1-6 (CB1-6)), human echoviruses 1-7, 9, 11-27, 29-33, vilyuish virus, simian enteroviruses 1-18 (SEVI-18), porcine enteroviruses 1-11 (PEV1-11), bovine enteroviruses 1-2 (BEVI-2), hepatitis A virus, rhinoviruses, hepatoviruses, cardio viruses, aphthoviruses and echoviruses. The virus may be phage. Examples of phages include, but are not limited to T4, TS, λ phage, T7 phage, G4, Pl, φ6,Thermoproteus tenax virus 1, M13, MS2, Qβ, φ X174, Φ29, PZA, Φ15, BS32, B103, M2Y (M2), Nf, GA-I, FWLBc1, FWLBc2, FWLLm3, B4. The reference database may comprise sequences for phage that are pathogenic, protective, or both. In some cases, the virus is selected from a member of the Flaviviridae family (e.g., a member of the Flavivirus, Pestivirus, and Hepacivirus genera), which includes the hepatitis C virus, Yellow fever virus; Tick-borne viruses, such as the Gadgets Gully virus, Kadam virus, Kyasanur Forest disease virus, Langat virus, Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus, Powassan virus, Royal Farm virus, Karshi virus, tick-borne encephalitis virus, Neudoerfl virus, Sofjin virus, Louping ill virus and the Negishi virus; seabird tick-borne viruses, such as the Meaban virus, Saumarez Reef virus, and the Tyuleniy virus; mosquito-borne viruses, such as the Arna virus, dengue virus, Kedougou virus, Cacipacore virus, Koutango virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Murray Valley encephalitis virus, St. Louis encephalitis virus, Usutu virus, West Nile virus, Yaounde virus, Kokobera virus, Bagaza virus, Ilheus virus, Israel turkey meningoencephalo-myelitis virus, Ntaya virus, Tembusu virus, Zika virus, Banzi virus, Bouboui virus, Edge Hill virus, Jugra virus, Saboya virus, Sepik virus, Uganda S virus, Wesselsbron virus, yellow fever virus; and viruses with no known arthropod vector, such as the Entebbe bat virus, Yokose virus, Apoi virus, Cowbone Ridge virus, Jutiapa virus, Modoc virus, Sal Vieja virus, San Perlita virus, Bukalasa bat virus, Carey Island virus, Dakar bat virus, Montana myotis leukoencephalitis virus, Phnom Penh bat virus, Rio Bravo virus, Tamana bat virus, and the Cell fusing agent virus. In some cases, the virus is selected from a member of the Arenaviridae family, which includes the Ippy virus, Lassa virus (e.g., the Josiah, LP, or GA391 strain), lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus (LCMV), Mobala virus, Mopeia virus, Amapari virus, Flexal virus, Guanarito virus, Junin virus, Latino virus, Machupo virus, Oliveros virus, Parana virus, Pichinde virus, Pirital virus, Sabia virus, Tacaribe virus, Tamiami virus, Whitewater Arroyo virus, Chapare virus, and Lujo virus. In some cases, the virus is selected from a member of the Bunyaviridae family (e.g., a member of the Hantavirus, Nairovirus, Orthobunyavirus, and Phlebovirus genera), which includes the Hantaan virus, Sin Nombre virus, Dugbe virus, Bunyamwera virus, Rift Valley fever virus, La Crosse virus, Punta Toro virus (PTV), California encephalitis virus, and Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever (CCHF) virus. In some cases, the virus is selected from a member of the Filoviridae family, which includes the Ebola virus (e.g., the Zaire, Sudan, Ivory Coast, Reston, and Uganda strains) and the Marburg virus (e.g., the Angola, Ci67, Musoke, Popp, Ravn and Lake Victoria strains); a member of the Togaviridae family (e.g., a member of the Alphavirus genus), which includes the Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus (VEE), Eastern equine encephalitis virus (EEE), Western equine encephalitis virus (WEE), Sindbis virus, rubella virus, Semliki Forest virus, Ross River virus, Barmah Forest virus, O'nyong'nyong virus, and the chikungunya virus; a member of the Poxyiridae family (e.g., a member of the Orthopoxvirus genus), which includes the smallpox virus, monkeypox virus, and vaccinia virus; a member of the Herpesviridae family, which includes the herpes simplex virus (HSV; types 1, 2, and 6), human herpes virus (e.g., types 7 and 8), cytomegalovirus (CMV), Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), Varicella-Zoster virus, and Kaposi's sarcoma associated-herpesvirus (KSHV); a member of the Orthomyxoviridae family, which includes the influenza virus (A, B, and C), such as the H5N1 avian influenza virus or HINI swine flu; a member of the Coronaviridae family, which includes the severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) virus; a member of the Rhabdoviridae family, which includes the rabies virus and vesicular stomatitis virus (VSV); a member of the Paramyxoviridae family, which includes the human respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), Newcastle disease virus, hendravirus, nipahvirus, measles virus, rinderpest virus, canine distemper virus, Sendai virus, human parainfluenza virus (e.g., 1, 2, 3, and 4), rhinovirus, and mumps virus; a member of the Picomaviridae family, which includes the poliovirus, human enterovirus (A, B, C, and D), hepatitis A virus, and the coxsackievirus; a member of the Hepadnaviridae family, which includes the hepatitis B virus; a member of the Papillamoviridae family, which includes the human papilloma virus; a member of the Parvoviridae family, which includes the adeno-associated virus; a member of the Astroviridae family, which includes the astrovirus; a member of the Polyomaviridae family, which includes the JC virus, BK virus, and SV40 virus; a member of the Calciviridae family, which includes the Norwalk virus; a member of the Reoviridae family, which includes the rotavirus; and a member of the Retroviridae family, which includes the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV; e.g., types I and 2), and human T-lymphotropic virus Types I and II (HTLV-1 and HTLV-2, respectively). - Any of the devices and methods described herein can be utilized to detect the presence or absence of nucleic acids associated with one or more fungi in a biological sample. Examples of infectious fungal agents include, without limitation Aspergillus, Blastomyces, Coccidioides, Cryptococcus, Histoplasma, Paracoccidioides, Sporothrix, and at least three genera of Zygomycetes. The above fungi, as well as many other fungi, can cause disease in pets and companion animals. The present teaching is inclusive of substrates that contact animals directly or indirectly. Examples of organisms that cause disease in animals include Malassezia furfur, Epidermophyton floccosur, Trichophyton mentagrophytes, Trichophyton rubrum, Trichophyton tonsurans, Trichophyton equinum, Dermatophilus congolensis, Microsporum canis, Microsporu audouinii, Microsporum gypseum, Malassezia ovale, Pseudallescheria, Scopulariopsis, Scedosporium, and Candida albicans. Further examples of fungal infectious agent include, but are not limited to, Aspergillus, Blastomyces dermatitidis, Candida, Coccidioides immitis, Cryptococcus neoformans, Histoplasma capsulatum var. capsulatum, Paracoccidioides brasiliensis, Sporothrix schenckii, Zygomycetes spp., Absidia corymbifera, Rhizomucor pusillus, or Rhizopus arrhizus.
- Any of the devices and methods described herein can be utilized to detect the presence or absence of nucleic acids associated with one or more parasites in a biological sample. Non-limiting examples of parasites include Plasmodium, Leishmania, Babesia, Treponema, Borrelia, Trypanosoma, Toxoplasma gondii, Plasmodium falciparum, P. vivax, P. ovale, P. malariae, Trypanosoma spp., or Legionella spp. In some cases, the parasite is Trichomonas vaginalis.
Claims (21)
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US16/891,575 US20200346213A1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2020-06-03 | Devices and methods for the detection of molecules using a flow cell |
US17/022,607 US20200406257A1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2020-09-16 | Devices and methods for the detection of molecules using a flow cell |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201662356464P | 2016-06-29 | 2016-06-29 | |
US201662356596P | 2016-06-30 | 2016-06-30 | |
PCT/US2017/039844 WO2018005710A1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2017-06-28 | Devices and methods for the detection of molecules using a flow cell |
US16/229,741 US10675623B2 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2018-12-21 | Devices and methods for the detection of molecules using a flow cell |
US16/891,575 US20200346213A1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2020-06-03 | Devices and methods for the detection of molecules using a flow cell |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/229,741 Division US10675623B2 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2018-12-21 | Devices and methods for the detection of molecules using a flow cell |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US17/022,607 Continuation US20200406257A1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2020-09-16 | Devices and methods for the detection of molecules using a flow cell |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20200346213A1 true US20200346213A1 (en) | 2020-11-05 |
Family
ID=60787704
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/229,741 Active US10675623B2 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2018-12-21 | Devices and methods for the detection of molecules using a flow cell |
US16/891,575 Abandoned US20200346213A1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2020-06-03 | Devices and methods for the detection of molecules using a flow cell |
US17/022,607 Abandoned US20200406257A1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2020-09-16 | Devices and methods for the detection of molecules using a flow cell |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/229,741 Active US10675623B2 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2018-12-21 | Devices and methods for the detection of molecules using a flow cell |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US17/022,607 Abandoned US20200406257A1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2020-09-16 | Devices and methods for the detection of molecules using a flow cell |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US10675623B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP3478857A1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN110325652A (en) |
MX (1) | MX2018015889A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2018005710A1 (en) |
Cited By (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11162130B2 (en) | 2017-11-09 | 2021-11-02 | Visby Medical, Inc. | Portable molecular diagnostic device and methods for the detection of target viruses |
US11167285B2 (en) | 2014-12-31 | 2021-11-09 | Visby Medical, Inc. | Devices and methods for molecular diagnostic testing |
US11193119B2 (en) | 2016-05-11 | 2021-12-07 | Visby Medical, Inc. | Devices and methods for nucleic acid extraction |
US11352675B2 (en) | 2020-01-03 | 2022-06-07 | Visby Medical, Inc. | Devices and methods for antibiotic susceptability testing |
US11568958B2 (en) | 2017-12-29 | 2023-01-31 | Clear Labs, Inc. | Automated priming and library loading device |
Families Citing this family (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10195610B2 (en) | 2014-03-10 | 2019-02-05 | Click Diagnostics, Inc. | Cartridge-based thermocycler |
US10987674B2 (en) | 2016-04-22 | 2021-04-27 | Visby Medical, Inc. | Printed circuit board heater for an amplification module |
CN107653300A (en) * | 2017-11-02 | 2018-02-02 | 浙江大学 | The method for determining pedotheque DNA recovery rates |
CN110856822B (en) * | 2018-08-22 | 2021-02-23 | 厦门大学 | Communicating vessel, combination of communicating vessel and reagent module and microfluidic chip |
WO2021046506A1 (en) * | 2019-09-06 | 2021-03-11 | Teleflex Medical Incorporated | Infection detection systems and methods including intermediate filtering and metering |
WO2021046504A1 (en) * | 2019-09-06 | 2021-03-11 | Teleflex Medical Incorporated | Infection detection systems and methods including a sample processor having integrated sample filter and meter |
EP3930903B1 (en) * | 2019-12-10 | 2023-10-04 | Illumina Singapore Pte Ltd | Actuation systems and methods for use with flow cells |
CN111286444A (en) * | 2020-02-27 | 2020-06-16 | 中国科学院上海技术物理研究所 | High-sensitivity virus rapid detector |
CN111041130B (en) * | 2020-03-13 | 2020-06-12 | 圣湘生物科技股份有限公司 | Compositions, kits and methods for detecting pathogens |
Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20100035349A1 (en) * | 2008-08-06 | 2010-02-11 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Biodetection Cassette with Automated Actuator |
US20110151577A1 (en) * | 2008-08-26 | 2011-06-23 | Jian-Ping Zhang | Disposable device for automated biological sample preparation |
US20110312074A1 (en) * | 2010-06-17 | 2011-12-22 | Geneasys Pty Ltd | Microfluidic test module with sample receptacle |
US20120264114A1 (en) * | 2009-09-29 | 2012-10-18 | Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique | Disposable Device for the Detection of Particles of Interest, Such as Biological Entities, Detection System Comprising Said Device and Method for Using Same |
US20120282681A1 (en) * | 2011-05-05 | 2012-11-08 | Teixeira Scott M | Rapid Identification of Organisms in Bodily Fluids |
US20140271400A1 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2014-09-18 | Kasing Cheng | Test Strip Housing System |
US20150017641A1 (en) * | 2012-02-03 | 2015-01-15 | Timo Kalevi Korpela | Mechanical Washing and Measuring Device for Performing Analyses |
Family Cites Families (283)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3697227A (en) | 1966-05-13 | 1972-10-10 | Westinghouse Electric Corp | Chemical constituent sampler |
US4710355A (en) | 1984-06-14 | 1987-12-01 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Reagent delivery device |
US4889692A (en) | 1984-11-05 | 1989-12-26 | Holtzman Marc E | Disposable sample preparation container |
USRE33858E (en) | 1985-01-25 | 1992-03-24 | Mallinckrodt Sensor Systems Inc. | Apparatus for measuring a chemical entity in a liquid |
US4789630A (en) * | 1985-10-04 | 1988-12-06 | Cetus Corporation | Ionic compounds containing the cationic meriquinone of a benzidine |
IE64511B1 (en) | 1988-03-11 | 1995-08-09 | Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd | Automated synthesizing apparatus |
US6645758B1 (en) | 1989-02-03 | 2003-11-11 | Johnson & Johnson Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. | Containment cuvette for PCR and method of use |
US5229297A (en) | 1989-02-03 | 1993-07-20 | Eastman Kodak Company | Containment cuvette for PCR and method of use |
US5270183A (en) | 1991-02-08 | 1993-12-14 | Beckman Research Institute Of The City Of Hope | Device and method for the automated cycling of solutions between two or more temperatures |
US5273905A (en) | 1991-02-22 | 1993-12-28 | Amoco Corporation | Processing of slide mounted material |
US7297313B1 (en) | 1991-08-31 | 2007-11-20 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Microfabricated reactor, process for manufacturing the reactor, and method of amplification |
US5498392A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1996-03-12 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification device and method |
US5587128A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1996-12-24 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification devices |
US5726026A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1998-03-10 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Mesoscale sample preparation device and systems for determination and processing of analytes |
DE69302692T2 (en) | 1992-07-06 | 1996-10-02 | Beckman Instruments Inc | Liquid supply system with reusable valve |
US5503985A (en) | 1993-02-18 | 1996-04-02 | Cathey; Cheryl A. | Disposable device for diagnostic assays |
US5429807A (en) | 1993-10-28 | 1995-07-04 | Beckman Instruments, Inc. | Method and apparatus for creating biopolymer arrays on a solid support surface |
US5631165A (en) | 1994-08-01 | 1997-05-20 | Abbott Laboratories | Method for performing automated hematology and cytometry analysis |
US5633168A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1997-05-27 | Glasscock; Larry M. | Controlled dispersion flow analysis system |
US20050100946A1 (en) * | 1995-06-29 | 2005-05-12 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Integrated nucleic acid diagnostic device and method for in-situ confocal microscopy |
US5856174A (en) | 1995-06-29 | 1999-01-05 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Integrated nucleic acid diagnostic device |
US6153425A (en) | 1995-07-13 | 2000-11-28 | Xtrana, Inc. | Self-contained device integrating nucleic acid extraction, amplification and detection |
US5773234A (en) | 1995-08-07 | 1998-06-30 | Quidel Corporation | Method and device for chlamydia detection |
US7635597B2 (en) | 1995-08-09 | 2009-12-22 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Dry reagent particle assay and device having multiple test zones and method therefor |
AU6720096A (en) | 1995-08-09 | 1997-03-05 | Quidel Corporation | Test strip and method for one step lateral flow assay |
US7244622B2 (en) | 1996-04-03 | 2007-07-17 | Applera Corporation | Device and method for multiple analyte detection |
DK1179600T3 (en) | 1996-06-04 | 2005-09-05 | Univ Utah Res Found | Hybridization monitoring during PCR |
US5800784A (en) | 1996-07-09 | 1998-09-01 | Horn; Marcus J. | Chemical sample treatment system and cassette, and methods for effecting multistep treatment process |
US5882903A (en) | 1996-11-01 | 1999-03-16 | Sarnoff Corporation | Assay system and method for conducting assays |
DE29623597U1 (en) | 1996-11-08 | 1999-01-07 | Eppendorf Geraetebau Netheler | Temperature control block with temperature control devices |
US5952664A (en) | 1997-01-17 | 1999-09-14 | Imaging Diagnostic Systems, Inc. | Laser imaging apparatus using biomedical markers that bind to cancer cells |
US6924153B1 (en) | 1997-03-06 | 2005-08-02 | Quidel Corporation | Quantitative lateral flow assays and devices |
US20030027203A1 (en) | 1997-03-24 | 2003-02-06 | Fields Robert E. | Biomolecular processor |
US6126804A (en) | 1997-09-23 | 2000-10-03 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Integrated polymerase chain reaction/electrophoresis instrument |
JP4209589B2 (en) | 1997-12-24 | 2009-01-14 | シーフィード | Integrated fluid handling cartridge |
US6369893B1 (en) | 1998-05-19 | 2002-04-09 | Cepheid | Multi-channel optical detection system |
US6303081B1 (en) | 1998-03-30 | 2001-10-16 | Orasure Technologies, Inc. | Device for collection and assay of oral fluids |
US6146591A (en) | 1998-05-01 | 2000-11-14 | Miller; C David | Biochemical detection system for rapid determination of the presence of toxins, bacteria, and other substances |
US5976470A (en) | 1998-05-29 | 1999-11-02 | Ontogen Corporation | Sample wash station assembly |
US6780617B2 (en) | 2000-12-29 | 2004-08-24 | Chen & Chen, Llc | Sample processing device and method |
US7799521B2 (en) | 1998-06-24 | 2010-09-21 | Chen & Chen, Llc | Thermal cycling |
US6313471B1 (en) | 1998-08-18 | 2001-11-06 | Molecular Devices Corporation | Scanning fluorometer |
US20010055799A1 (en) | 1998-12-15 | 2001-12-27 | David Baunoch | Method and apparatus for automated reprocessing of tissue samples |
US6261431B1 (en) | 1998-12-28 | 2001-07-17 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Process for microfabrication of an integrated PCR-CE device and products produced by the same |
US6235479B1 (en) | 1999-04-13 | 2001-05-22 | Bio Merieux, Inc. | Methods and devices for performing analysis of a nucleic acid sample |
US20020177135A1 (en) | 1999-07-27 | 2002-11-28 | Doung Hau H. | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
WO2000073413A2 (en) | 1999-05-28 | 2000-12-07 | Cepheid | Apparatus and method for cell disruption |
GB9922971D0 (en) | 1999-09-29 | 1999-12-01 | Secr Defence | Reaction system |
JP2001186881A (en) | 1999-10-22 | 2001-07-10 | Ngk Insulators Ltd | Method for producing dna chip |
US6699713B2 (en) | 2000-01-04 | 2004-03-02 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Polymerase chain reaction system |
US20040115692A1 (en) * | 2000-04-03 | 2004-06-17 | Cytyc Corporation | Methods, compositions and apparatuses for detecting a target in a preservative solution |
FR2812306B1 (en) | 2000-07-28 | 2005-01-14 | Gabriel Festoc | POLYMERSIS CHAIN AMPLIFICATION SYSTEM OF TARGET NUCLEIC SEQUENCES |
US8048386B2 (en) | 2002-02-25 | 2011-11-01 | Cepheid | Fluid processing and control |
US6374684B1 (en) | 2000-08-25 | 2002-04-23 | Cepheid | Fluid control and processing system |
US6610499B1 (en) | 2000-08-31 | 2003-08-26 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Capillary array and related methods |
US6911181B1 (en) | 2000-10-03 | 2005-06-28 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Self-dispensing storage device |
SE0004297D0 (en) | 2000-11-23 | 2000-11-23 | Gyros Ab | Device for thermal cycling |
US6780380B2 (en) | 2001-01-16 | 2004-08-24 | Triangle Biomedical Sciences, Inc. | Tissue processor |
AU2002306486A1 (en) | 2001-02-09 | 2002-08-28 | Microchem Solutions | Method and apparatus for sample injection in microfabricated devices |
US6426215B1 (en) | 2001-04-06 | 2002-07-30 | Pe Corporation (Ny) | PCR plate cover and maintaining device |
US6905885B2 (en) | 2001-06-12 | 2005-06-14 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Portable pathogen detection system |
US20040018502A1 (en) | 2001-06-14 | 2004-01-29 | Yoshihiko Makino | Method for analyzing a target nucleic acid fragment and a kit for analyzing a target nucleic acid fragment |
US6514750B2 (en) | 2001-07-03 | 2003-02-04 | Pe Corporation (Ny) | PCR sample handling device |
JP4679818B2 (en) | 2001-07-16 | 2011-05-11 | アイダホ テクノロジー インコーポレーテッド | Thermal cycle system and method of use thereof |
US7280207B2 (en) | 2001-07-25 | 2007-10-09 | Applera Corporation | Time-delay integration in a flow cytometry system |
AUPR707101A0 (en) | 2001-08-16 | 2001-09-06 | Corbett Research Pty Ltd | Continuous flow thermal device |
US6855561B2 (en) | 2001-09-10 | 2005-02-15 | Quidel Corporation | Method for adding an apparent non-signal line to a lateral flow assay |
US7879293B2 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2011-02-01 | Orasure Technologies, Inc. | Sample collector and test device |
ATE551606T1 (en) | 2001-10-01 | 2012-04-15 | Leica Biosystems Melbourne Pty | TISSUE PROCESSOR FOR THE TREATMENT OF HISTOLOGICAL TISSUE PREPARATIONS |
US7459302B2 (en) | 2001-10-02 | 2008-12-02 | Stratagene California | Side-wall heater for thermocycler device |
US7691333B2 (en) | 2001-11-30 | 2010-04-06 | Fluidigm Corporation | Microfluidic device and methods of using same |
US20030116552A1 (en) | 2001-12-20 | 2003-06-26 | Stmicroelectronics Inc. | Heating element for microfluidic and micromechanical applications |
US6813568B2 (en) | 2002-01-09 | 2004-11-02 | Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center | System and process for microfluidics-based automated chemistry |
US6677151B2 (en) | 2002-01-30 | 2004-01-13 | Applera Corporation | Device and method for thermal cycling |
US8030000B2 (en) | 2002-02-21 | 2011-10-04 | Alere San Diego, Inc. | Recombinase polymerase amplification |
JP3892743B2 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2007-03-14 | 日本碍子株式会社 | Reaction cell and method of use thereof |
US7179639B2 (en) | 2002-03-05 | 2007-02-20 | Raveendran Pottathil | Thermal strip thermocycler |
US6866758B2 (en) * | 2002-03-21 | 2005-03-15 | Roche Diagnostics Corporation | Biosensor |
EP1376131A1 (en) | 2002-06-27 | 2004-01-02 | Inverness Medical Switzerland GmbH | Assay device for liquid sample |
JP4013671B2 (en) | 2002-07-05 | 2007-11-28 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Polymerase chain reaction vessel and method for producing the same |
US7452712B2 (en) | 2002-07-30 | 2008-11-18 | Applied Biosystems Inc. | Sample block apparatus and method of maintaining a microcard on a sample block |
US7291459B2 (en) | 2002-12-10 | 2007-11-06 | University Of Alabama At Huntsville | Nucleic acid detector and method of detecting targets within a sample |
US7560272B2 (en) | 2003-01-04 | 2009-07-14 | Inverness Medical Switzerland Gmbh | Specimen collection and assay container |
CA2513880A1 (en) | 2003-01-21 | 2004-08-05 | Micronics Inc. | Method and system for microfluidic manipulation, amplification and analysis of fluids, for example, bacteria assays and antiglobulin testing |
US6901217B2 (en) | 2003-02-28 | 2005-05-31 | Motorolr, Inc. | Conduits integrated in circuit board and method of manufacture |
US6781056B1 (en) | 2003-02-28 | 2004-08-24 | Motorola, Inc. | Heater for temperature control integrated in circuit board and method of manufacture |
US7041481B2 (en) | 2003-03-14 | 2006-05-09 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Chemical amplification based on fluid partitioning |
US7151270B2 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2006-12-19 | Leica Microsystems Cms Gmbh | Method for classifying object image regions of an object to be detected using a scanning microscope |
US7148043B2 (en) | 2003-05-08 | 2006-12-12 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Systems and methods for fluorescence detection with a movable detection module |
US7648835B2 (en) | 2003-06-06 | 2010-01-19 | Micronics, Inc. | System and method for heating, cooling and heat cycling on microfluidic device |
CA2956645A1 (en) | 2003-07-12 | 2005-03-31 | David A. Goldberg | Sensitive and rapid biodetection |
US7517495B2 (en) | 2003-08-25 | 2009-04-14 | Inverness Medical Switzerland Gmbh | Biological specimen collection and analysis system |
US7491527B2 (en) | 2003-09-19 | 2009-02-17 | Microfluidic Systems, Inc. | Microfluidic differential extraction cartridge |
JP4933258B2 (en) | 2003-09-22 | 2012-05-16 | クイデル コーポレーション | Device for detecting multiple analytes in a sample |
NZ547176A (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2010-03-26 | Inverness Medical Switzerland | Sample collection cup with integrated activatable sample analysis system |
AU2004291922B2 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2009-11-19 | Abbott Rapid Diagnostics International Unlimited Company | Sample collection cup with integrated sample analysis system |
CN101876657B (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2013-08-28 | 美艾利尔瑞士公司 | Rapid sample detection and storage devices and methods of use |
US7767439B2 (en) | 2003-12-10 | 2010-08-03 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Real-time PCR monitoring apparatus and method |
WO2005080606A1 (en) | 2004-02-18 | 2005-09-01 | Xiaochuan Zhou | Fluidic devices and methods for multiplex chemical and biochemical reactions |
CA2555060C (en) | 2004-02-20 | 2014-12-23 | Research Foundation Of The State University Of New York | Method and device for manipulating liquids in microfluidic systems |
KR100552706B1 (en) | 2004-03-12 | 2006-02-20 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for nucleic acid amplification |
JP2007530946A (en) | 2004-03-23 | 2007-11-01 | クイデル コーポレイション | Hybrid phase lateral flow assay |
JP2008500820A (en) | 2004-04-07 | 2008-01-17 | アクセス バイオ, アイエヌシー. | Nucleic acid detection system |
CA2502549C (en) | 2004-04-23 | 2016-02-16 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Use of an extraction control in a method of extracting nucleic acids |
EP1598429A1 (en) | 2004-05-19 | 2005-11-23 | Amplion Ltd. | Detection of amplicon contamination during PCR exhibiting two different annealing temperatures |
US7662562B2 (en) * | 2004-08-10 | 2010-02-16 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Method for rapid identification of microorganisms |
US7192721B1 (en) | 2004-08-26 | 2007-03-20 | Chembio Diagnostic Systems, Inc. | Universal rapid test and method for detection of tuberculosis in multiple host species |
US7592139B2 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2009-09-22 | Sandia National Laboratories | High temperature flow-through device for rapid solubilization and analysis |
US9132398B2 (en) | 2007-10-12 | 2015-09-15 | Rheonix, Inc. | Integrated microfluidic device and methods |
US7632642B2 (en) | 2004-10-18 | 2009-12-15 | Brandeis University | Primers, probes and methods for nucleic acid amplification |
WO2006047777A2 (en) | 2004-10-27 | 2006-05-04 | Cepheid | Closed-system multi-stage nucleic acid amplification reactions |
CA2592204C (en) | 2004-12-23 | 2013-03-12 | I-Stat Corporation | Nucleic acid diagnostics system and methods |
KR100601982B1 (en) * | 2005-01-20 | 2006-07-18 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Cell lysis by heating-cooling process through endothermic reaction |
WO2006094149A2 (en) | 2005-03-01 | 2006-09-08 | Exact Sciences Corporation | Methods and compositions for detecting adenoma |
US7189522B2 (en) | 2005-03-11 | 2007-03-13 | Chembio Diagnostic Systems, Inc. | Dual path immunoassay device |
US20060246493A1 (en) | 2005-04-04 | 2006-11-02 | Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. | Method and apparatus for use in temperature controlled processing of microfluidic samples |
US20070026391A1 (en) | 2005-04-11 | 2007-02-01 | Ghc Technologies, Inc. | Methods and compositions for identifying chemical or biological agents using multiplexed labeling and colocalization detection |
US7235216B2 (en) | 2005-05-01 | 2007-06-26 | Iba Molecular North America, Inc. | Apparatus and method for producing radiopharmaceuticals |
KR100695148B1 (en) | 2005-05-02 | 2007-03-14 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Module for polymerase chain reaction and multiple polymerase chain reaction system |
US20070042427A1 (en) | 2005-05-03 | 2007-02-22 | Micronics, Inc. | Microfluidic laminar flow detection strip |
US8394608B2 (en) | 2005-05-09 | 2013-03-12 | Biofire Diagnostics, Inc. | Self-contained biological analysis |
WO2006122311A2 (en) | 2005-05-11 | 2006-11-16 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Microfluidic chip |
AU2006309284B2 (en) | 2005-05-31 | 2012-08-02 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Methods and compositions related to determination and use of white blood cell counts |
EP1899450A4 (en) | 2005-06-24 | 2010-03-24 | Univ Texas | Systems and methods including self-contained cartridges with detection systems and fluid delivery systems |
TW200714898A (en) | 2005-08-02 | 2007-04-16 | 3M Innovative Properties Co | Apparatus and method for detecting an analyte |
US7569382B2 (en) | 2005-10-05 | 2009-08-04 | Instantlabs Medical Diagnostic Corp. | Disposable reactor module and detection system |
US8916375B2 (en) | 2005-10-12 | 2014-12-23 | University Of Virginia Patent Foundation | Integrated microfluidic analysis systems |
US7754148B2 (en) | 2006-12-27 | 2010-07-13 | Progentech Limited | Instrument for cassette for sample preparation |
CN100478671C (en) | 2005-10-25 | 2009-04-15 | 艾康生物技术(杭州)有限公司 | Detector and method for liquid sampler |
US7858396B2 (en) | 2005-10-31 | 2010-12-28 | Orasure Technologies, Inc. | Lateral flow assay device with multiple equidistant capture zones |
WO2007062575A1 (en) | 2005-11-30 | 2007-06-07 | Inverness Medical Switzerland Gmbh | A device for detecting the presence or amount of an analyte in a fluid sample and method thereof |
WO2007078833A2 (en) | 2005-12-16 | 2007-07-12 | The Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Reusable pcr amplification system and method |
US7959877B2 (en) | 2005-12-22 | 2011-06-14 | Chembio Diagnostic Systems, Inc. | Immunoassay apparatus and kit |
US7377291B2 (en) | 2005-12-28 | 2008-05-27 | Serveron Corporation | Multiport rotary valve |
EP1966366A4 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2011-06-15 | I Stat Corp | Molecular diagnostics amplification system and methods |
US7794656B2 (en) | 2006-01-23 | 2010-09-14 | Quidel Corporation | Device for handling and analysis of a biological sample |
US7871568B2 (en) | 2006-01-23 | 2011-01-18 | Quidel Corporation | Rapid test apparatus |
US20080050735A1 (en) | 2006-02-01 | 2008-02-28 | Elena Pushnova | Nucleic acid testing method for point-of-care diagnostics and genetic self-monitoring |
GB0603965D0 (en) | 2006-02-28 | 2006-04-05 | Centeo Biosciences Ltd | Incubator apparatus and method |
JP5254949B2 (en) | 2006-03-15 | 2013-08-07 | マイクロニクス, インコーポレイテッド | Integrated nucleic acid assay |
US8088616B2 (en) | 2006-03-24 | 2012-01-03 | Handylab, Inc. | Heater unit for microfluidic diagnostic system |
JP5415253B2 (en) | 2006-03-24 | 2014-02-12 | ハンディラブ・インコーポレーテッド | Integrated system for processing microfluidic samples and methods of use thereof |
US7705339B2 (en) | 2006-04-25 | 2010-04-27 | University Of South Florida | Portable reactor for real-time nucleic acid amplification and detection comprising a reaction chamber formed from a flexible printed circuit board |
US8900828B2 (en) | 2006-05-01 | 2014-12-02 | Cepheid | Methods and apparatus for sequential amplification reactions |
US8232091B2 (en) | 2006-05-17 | 2012-07-31 | California Institute Of Technology | Thermal cycling system |
US8137626B2 (en) | 2006-05-19 | 2012-03-20 | California Institute Of Technology | Fluorescence detector, filter device and related methods |
US20080153078A1 (en) | 2006-06-15 | 2008-06-26 | Braman Jeffrey C | System for isolating biomolecules from a sample |
US20080026451A1 (en) | 2006-06-15 | 2008-01-31 | Braman Jeffrey C | System for isolating biomolecules from a sample |
EP2041573B1 (en) | 2006-06-23 | 2019-09-04 | PerkinElmer Health Sciences, Inc. | Methods and devices for microfluidic point-of-care immunoassays |
US8163535B2 (en) | 2006-06-26 | 2012-04-24 | Blood Cell Storage, Inc. | Devices and processes for nucleic acid extraction |
US7629124B2 (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2009-12-08 | Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. | Real-time PCR in micro-channels |
US8187557B2 (en) | 2006-07-13 | 2012-05-29 | Cepheid | Reagent reservoir system for analytical instruments |
EP1878802A1 (en) * | 2006-07-14 | 2008-01-16 | Roche Diagnostics GmbH | Disposable device for analysing a liquid sample containing a nucleic acid with a nucleic acid amplification apparatus |
WO2008105814A2 (en) | 2006-08-22 | 2008-09-04 | Los Alamos National Security, Llc | Miniturized lateral flow device for rapid and sensitive detection of proteins or nucleic acids |
US8980561B1 (en) | 2006-08-22 | 2015-03-17 | Los Alamos National Security, Llc. | Nucleic acid detection system and method for detecting influenza |
GB0617035D0 (en) | 2006-08-30 | 2006-10-11 | Inverness Medical Switzerland | Fluidic indicator device |
US7674616B2 (en) * | 2006-09-14 | 2010-03-09 | Hemosense, Inc. | Device and method for measuring properties of a sample |
GB0718250D0 (en) | 2007-08-29 | 2007-10-31 | B G Res Ltd | Improvements in and relating to reaction apparatus |
US7985716B2 (en) | 2006-09-22 | 2011-07-26 | Uchicago Argonne, Llc | Nucleic acid sample purification and enrichment with a thermo-affinity microfluidic sub-circuit |
WO2008147382A1 (en) | 2006-09-27 | 2008-12-04 | Micronics, Inc. | Integrated microfluidic assay devices and methods |
EP2082061B8 (en) | 2006-10-06 | 2020-10-07 | Applied DNA Sciences, Inc. | Method for a continuous rapid thermal cycle system |
US8765076B2 (en) | 2006-11-14 | 2014-07-01 | Handylab, Inc. | Microfluidic valve and method of making same |
US20080113391A1 (en) * | 2006-11-14 | 2008-05-15 | Ian Gibbons | Detection and quantification of analytes in bodily fluids |
US8263392B2 (en) | 2006-11-14 | 2012-09-11 | University Of Utah Research Foundation | Methods and compositions related to continuous flow thermal gradient PCR |
US8735103B2 (en) | 2006-12-05 | 2014-05-27 | Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute | Natural convection-driven PCR apparatus and method using disposable polymer chip |
GB0625309D0 (en) | 2006-12-19 | 2007-01-24 | Inverness Medical Switzerland | Device |
WO2008091572A1 (en) | 2007-01-22 | 2008-07-31 | Orasure Technologies, Inc. | Container and method for supporting home testing and diagnosis of infectious diseases |
US20110039303A1 (en) | 2007-02-05 | 2011-02-17 | Stevan Bogdan Jovanovich | Microfluidic and nanofluidic devices, systems, and applications |
US8298763B2 (en) | 2007-03-02 | 2012-10-30 | Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc | Automated high-throughput flow-through real-time diagnostic system |
CA3135182C (en) | 2007-04-04 | 2024-01-23 | Ande Corporation | Plastic microfluidic separation and detection platforms |
WO2008132871A1 (en) | 2007-04-13 | 2008-11-06 | Shimadzu Corporation | Reaction container plate and reaction treatment method |
JP4992524B2 (en) | 2007-04-13 | 2012-08-08 | 株式会社島津製作所 | Reaction vessel plate and reaction processing method |
WO2008130680A1 (en) | 2007-04-20 | 2008-10-30 | Quidel Corporation | Analytical devices with intedrated desiccant |
KR101228308B1 (en) | 2007-05-23 | 2013-01-31 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Disk type microfluidic device using microfluidic chip and disk type microfluidic device using biomolecule microarray chip |
GB0710957D0 (en) | 2007-06-07 | 2007-07-18 | Norchip As | A device for carrying out cell lysis and nucleic acid extraction |
JP5045268B2 (en) | 2007-06-28 | 2012-10-10 | ソニー株式会社 | Reaction processing equipment |
US8133671B2 (en) | 2007-07-13 | 2012-03-13 | Handylab, Inc. | Integrated apparatus for performing nucleic acid extraction and diagnostic testing on multiple biological samples |
US8076129B2 (en) | 2007-07-26 | 2011-12-13 | Shimadzu Corporation | Reactor plate and reaction processing method |
JP5852781B2 (en) | 2007-07-31 | 2016-02-03 | マイクロニクス, インコーポレイテッド | Hygienic swab collection system, microfluidic assay device and method for diagnostic assays |
US7955840B2 (en) | 2007-08-23 | 2011-06-07 | Akonni Biosystems | Thermal cycler for PCR including temperature control bladder |
CL2008003008A1 (en) | 2007-10-12 | 2009-10-02 | Bigtec Private Ltd | A portable micro polymerase chain reaction (pcr) device based on a low temperature co-firing ceramic (ltcc) micro chip comprising reaction chamber, heater, heater temperature control, communication interface optical detection, and the method of monitoring and controlling it. |
US8222048B2 (en) | 2007-11-05 | 2012-07-17 | Abbott Laboratories | Automated analyzer for clinical laboratory |
US8075854B2 (en) | 2007-11-08 | 2011-12-13 | The Ohio State University Research Foundation Bioprocessing Innovative Company | Microfluidic chips for rapid multiplex ELISA |
DE102007062441A1 (en) | 2007-12-20 | 2009-06-25 | Aj Innuscreen Gmbh | Mobile rapid test system for nucleic acid analysis |
WO2009108260A2 (en) | 2008-01-22 | 2009-09-03 | Microchip Biotechnologies, Inc. | Universal sample preparation system and use in an integrated analysis system |
KR101465701B1 (en) | 2008-01-22 | 2014-11-28 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Apparatus for amplifying nucleic acids |
US20090186344A1 (en) | 2008-01-23 | 2009-07-23 | Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. | Devices and methods for detecting and quantitating nucleic acids using size separation of amplicons |
WO2009092564A2 (en) | 2008-01-23 | 2009-07-30 | Roche Diagnostics Gmbh | Integrated instrument performing synthesis and amplification |
US20090215050A1 (en) | 2008-02-22 | 2009-08-27 | Robert Delmar Jenison | Systems and methods for point-of-care amplification and detection of polynucleotides |
EP3067694A1 (en) | 2008-05-05 | 2016-09-14 | Los Alamos National Security, LLC | Lateral flow-based nucleic acid sample preparation device, integrated with passive fluid flow control |
US20110160090A1 (en) | 2008-05-05 | 2011-06-30 | Los Alamos National Laboratory | Nanocrystal-Based Lateral Flow Microarrays and Low-Voltage Signal Detection Systems |
CA2731723A1 (en) | 2008-07-23 | 2010-01-28 | Ancora Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Automated oligosaccharide synthesizer |
US8408421B2 (en) | 2008-09-16 | 2013-04-02 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | Flow regulating stopcocks and related methods |
US9156010B2 (en) | 2008-09-23 | 2015-10-13 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Droplet-based assay system |
JP5743891B2 (en) | 2008-09-23 | 2015-07-01 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エヌ ヴェ | Thermocycle device |
EP2172703A1 (en) | 2008-10-03 | 2010-04-07 | J & H ApS | Emergency light device for marine environments |
US8058005B2 (en) | 2008-10-23 | 2011-11-15 | Honeywell International Inc. | Method for single nucleotide polymorphism and mutation detection using real time polymerase chain reaction microarray |
EP2362907A4 (en) | 2008-11-04 | 2012-08-08 | Blood Cell Storage Inc | Nucleic acid extraction on curved glass surfaces |
US8110148B2 (en) | 2008-11-06 | 2012-02-07 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | Apparatus and method using rotary flow distribution mechanisms |
WO2010059051A2 (en) | 2008-11-20 | 2010-05-27 | Nederlandse Organisatie Voor Toegepast-Natuurwetenschappelijk Onderzoek Tno | Rapid fret based pathogen diagnosis |
CN101556277B (en) | 2009-01-05 | 2012-12-26 | 艾博生物医药(杭州)有限公司 | Detecting device |
US8058630B2 (en) | 2009-01-16 | 2011-11-15 | Fluidigm Corporation | Microfluidic devices and methods |
EP2391883B1 (en) | 2009-01-30 | 2018-03-07 | Micronics, Inc. | Portable high gain fluorescence detection system |
EP2406614A1 (en) | 2009-03-10 | 2012-01-18 | Agency For Science, Technology And Research | Apparatus for processing a biological and/or chemical sample |
AU2010256429B2 (en) | 2009-06-05 | 2015-09-17 | Integenx Inc. | Universal sample preparation system and use in an integrated analysis system |
US8008080B2 (en) | 2009-09-23 | 2011-08-30 | Ecolab Usa Inc. | Valve analytical system |
EE201000013A (en) | 2010-01-29 | 2011-10-17 | Selfdiagnostics O� | Method and rapid assay device for detecting target rk molecule from sample material |
JP6058399B2 (en) * | 2010-02-23 | 2017-01-11 | レオニックス,インコーポレイテッド | Self-contained biological assay device, method and application |
KR101643196B1 (en) * | 2010-02-23 | 2016-07-27 | 루미넥스 코포레이션 | Apparatus and methods for integrated sample preparation, reaction and detection |
US8791675B2 (en) | 2010-03-22 | 2014-07-29 | Pine Valley Investments, Inc. | Mobile wireless communications device including removable electrical power supply module and related methods |
US8435737B2 (en) | 2010-06-02 | 2013-05-07 | Cal Poly Corporation | Primers for the rapid and specific detection of propane-oxidizing and butane-oxidizing microorganisms and methods of using same |
US9725754B2 (en) | 2010-07-29 | 2017-08-08 | Sean F. Boyle | Generic sample preparation |
KR20120020528A (en) | 2010-08-30 | 2012-03-08 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Polymerase chain reaction apparatus |
EP2426201A1 (en) | 2010-09-06 | 2012-03-07 | Qiagen GmbH | Method of isolating purified RNA with reduced DNA contaminations |
US20130149710A1 (en) | 2010-09-07 | 2013-06-13 | The Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona | Microdroplet-manipulation systems and methods for automated execution of molecular biological protocols |
CN103118784A (en) | 2010-09-22 | 2013-05-22 | 康宁股份有限公司 | Microporous microfluidic device |
US8795592B2 (en) | 2010-09-23 | 2014-08-05 | Analogic Corporation | Sample thermal cycling |
US8945843B2 (en) | 2010-12-09 | 2015-02-03 | Analogic Corporation | Thermocooler with thermal breaks that thermally isolate a thermocycling region from at least one guard heat region |
ES2745140T3 (en) | 2011-01-27 | 2020-02-27 | Invisible Sentinel Inc | Analyte detection devices, multiplex and benchtop devices for analyte detection and uses thereof |
US8603835B2 (en) | 2011-02-10 | 2013-12-10 | Chembio Diagnostic Systems, Inc. | Reduced step dual path immunoassay device and method |
CN103403190B (en) | 2011-03-04 | 2017-04-12 | 株式会社钟化 | Nucleic acid detection method, and device and kit for use in same |
US20120264202A1 (en) | 2011-03-23 | 2012-10-18 | Walker Christopher I | System for performing polymerase chain reaction nucleic acid amplification |
US9469871B2 (en) | 2011-04-14 | 2016-10-18 | Corporos Inc. | Methods and apparatus for point-of-care nucleic acid amplification and detection |
US8911941B2 (en) | 2011-04-14 | 2014-12-16 | Kenneth J. Michlitsch | Methods and apparatus for point-of-care nucleic acid amplification and detection |
US10519492B2 (en) | 2011-04-20 | 2019-12-31 | Mesa Biotech, Inc. | Integrated device for nucleic acid detection and identification |
WO2013040008A1 (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2013-03-21 | University Of Notre Dame Du Lac | Systems and methods for bead-free detection of nucleotides |
CN107338189B (en) | 2011-05-04 | 2021-02-02 | 卢米耐克斯公司 | Apparatus and method for integrated sample preparation, reaction and detection |
JP2012242118A (en) | 2011-05-16 | 2012-12-10 | Canon Inc | Heat treatment apparatus using fluid device, and fluid handling method |
US8629264B2 (en) | 2011-05-19 | 2014-01-14 | Blood Cell Storage, Inc. | Gravity flow fluidic device for nucleic acid extraction |
US9435765B2 (en) | 2011-07-22 | 2016-09-06 | Tecan Trading Ag | Cartridge and system for manipulating samples in liquid droplets |
US20150258273A1 (en) | 2011-08-31 | 2015-09-17 | Forrest W. Payne | Electrochemically-Actuated Microfluidic Devices |
US9352312B2 (en) | 2011-09-23 | 2016-05-31 | Alere Switzerland Gmbh | System and apparatus for reactions |
US8894946B2 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2014-11-25 | Integenx Inc. | Sample preparation, processing and analysis systems |
EP3517971A1 (en) | 2011-11-11 | 2019-07-31 | Icubate, Inc. | Systems and methods for performing amplicon rescue multiplex polymerase chain reaction (pcr) |
CN103184143A (en) | 2011-12-29 | 2013-07-03 | 三星电子株式会社 | Solid reagent dissolving device and method of dissolving solid reagent by using the same |
WO2013112755A1 (en) | 2012-01-24 | 2013-08-01 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Field optimized assay devices, methods, and systems |
US9533308B2 (en) | 2012-02-10 | 2017-01-03 | California Institute Of Technology | PC board-based polymerase chain reaction systems, methods and materials |
US9322054B2 (en) | 2012-02-22 | 2016-04-26 | Lockheed Martin Corporation | Microfluidic cartridge |
US9035204B2 (en) | 2012-02-29 | 2015-05-19 | Reliance Controls Corporation | Switch assembly with sequentially actuated power and neutral switching |
US9207181B2 (en) | 2012-03-01 | 2015-12-08 | Quidel Corporation | System and apparatus for point-of-care diagnostics |
US10273532B2 (en) | 2012-03-09 | 2019-04-30 | National Institute Of Advanced Industrial Science And Technology | Nucleic acid amplification method |
BE1020816A5 (en) * | 2012-07-04 | 2014-05-06 | Coris Bioconcept Sprl | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RAPID DETECTION OF AMPLIFIED NUCLEOTIDE SEQUENCES. |
US9044729B2 (en) | 2012-07-27 | 2015-06-02 | International Park Of Creativity | Methods and devices for electromagnetic amplification of nucleic acids |
US20140073013A1 (en) * | 2012-08-07 | 2014-03-13 | California Institute Of Technology | Ultrafast thermal cycler |
US9364833B2 (en) | 2012-08-17 | 2016-06-14 | Lexmark International, Inc. | Micro-fluidic modules on a chip for diagnostic applications |
WO2014035986A1 (en) | 2012-08-28 | 2014-03-06 | Akonni Biosystems Inc. | Method and kit for purifying nucleic acids |
US20140098252A1 (en) | 2012-09-05 | 2014-04-10 | Cepheid | Universal Docking Bay and Data Door in a Fluidic Analysis System |
WO2014042979A1 (en) | 2012-09-11 | 2014-03-20 | Cornell University | Apparatus and method for point-of-collection measurement of a biomolecular reaction |
WO2014047523A2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2014-03-27 | California Institute Of Technology | Methods and devices for sample lysis |
KR20150097764A (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2015-08-26 | 마이크로닉스 인코포레이티드. | Portable fluorescence detection system and microassay cartridge |
EP2946198B1 (en) | 2013-01-21 | 2019-10-30 | Cornell University | Smartphone-based apparatus and method for obtaining repeatable, quantitative colorimetric measurement |
US20150361419A1 (en) | 2013-01-21 | 2015-12-17 | Nanobiosys Inc. | Microfluidic chip for extracting nucleic acids, device for extracting nucleic acids comprising same, and method for extracting nucleic acids using same |
US9623409B2 (en) * | 2013-03-11 | 2017-04-18 | Cue Inc. | Cartridges, kits, and methods for enhanced mixing for detection and quantification of analytes |
US20140274770A1 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2014-09-18 | Quidel Corporation | Pcr assays and reagents for molecular detection of infectious agents |
CN113604356A (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2021-11-05 | 纳诺拜希姆公司 | System and method for mobile device analysis of nucleic acids and proteins |
WO2015019522A1 (en) | 2013-08-08 | 2015-02-12 | パナソニック株式会社 | Nucleic acid amplification device, nucleic acid amplification apparatus, and nucleic acid amplification method |
US20150182966A1 (en) | 2013-12-31 | 2015-07-02 | Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. | Field deployable small format fast first result microfluidic system |
US10195610B2 (en) | 2014-03-10 | 2019-02-05 | Click Diagnostics, Inc. | Cartridge-based thermocycler |
EP3116651B1 (en) | 2014-03-11 | 2020-04-22 | Illumina, Inc. | Disposable, integrated microfluidic cartridge and methods of making it |
JP2017519485A (en) | 2014-04-14 | 2017-07-20 | エスアールアイ インターナショナルSRI International | Portable nucleic acid analysis system and high performance microfluidic electroactive polymer actuator |
US10253357B2 (en) | 2014-04-24 | 2019-04-09 | Diassess Inc. | Colorimetric detection of nucleic acid amplification |
EP2942394A1 (en) | 2014-05-09 | 2015-11-11 | Molzym GmbH & Co. KG | New method for isolating microbial DNA |
US20170173585A1 (en) | 2014-07-11 | 2017-06-22 | Advanced Theranostics Inc. | Point of care polymerase chain reaction device for disease detection |
WO2016040523A1 (en) | 2014-09-12 | 2016-03-17 | Click Diagnostics, Inc. | Multiplex optical detection |
CA2972587A1 (en) | 2014-12-31 | 2016-07-07 | Click Diagnostics, Inc. | Devices and methods for molecular diagnostic testing |
USD776290S1 (en) | 2014-12-31 | 2017-01-10 | W.H.P.M. Bioresearch And Technology | Fecal occult blood detector |
EP3286546B1 (en) | 2015-04-24 | 2023-07-19 | Mesa Biotech, Inc. | Fluidic test cassette |
GB201510723D0 (en) | 2015-06-18 | 2015-08-05 | Alere Switzerland Gmbh | High throughput isothermal nucleic acid amplification |
US10040069B2 (en) | 2015-07-23 | 2018-08-07 | General Electric Company | Amplification and detection of nucleic acids |
CN114740213A (en) | 2015-07-24 | 2022-07-12 | 塞弗德公司 | Molecular diagnostic assay system |
IL242807A0 (en) | 2015-11-26 | 2016-04-21 | Novamed Ltd | Assay device |
EP3400284A4 (en) | 2016-01-08 | 2019-10-23 | Advanced Theranostics Inc. | Fully integrated, stand-alone, point-of-care device to detect target nucleic acids |
WO2017151195A1 (en) | 2016-02-29 | 2017-09-08 | The Penn State Research Foundation | Nucleic acid molecular diagnosis |
EP3430378B1 (en) | 2016-03-14 | 2022-08-10 | Lucira Health, Inc. | Devices and methods for modifying optical properties |
JP2019509740A (en) | 2016-03-14 | 2019-04-11 | ディアスセス インコーポレイテッド | Selectively vented biological assay devices and related methods |
AU2017232342B2 (en) | 2016-03-14 | 2022-04-21 | Pfizer Inc. | Devices and methods for biological assay sample preparation and delivery |
WO2017160836A1 (en) | 2016-03-14 | 2017-09-21 | Diassess Inc. | Systems and methods for performing biological assays |
US10987674B2 (en) | 2016-04-22 | 2021-04-27 | Visby Medical, Inc. | Printed circuit board heater for an amplification module |
WO2017197040A1 (en) | 2016-05-11 | 2017-11-16 | Click Diagnostics, Inc. | Devices and methods for nucleic acid extraction |
CN109661273B (en) | 2016-06-30 | 2022-11-04 | 维斯比医学公司 | Device and method for nucleic acid extraction |
SG11201907936SA (en) | 2017-04-21 | 2019-09-27 | Mesa Biotech Inc | Fluidic test cassette |
MX2020004783A (en) | 2017-11-09 | 2020-08-13 | Visby Medical Inc | Portable molecular diagnostic device and methods for the detection of target viruses. |
MX2021003293A (en) * | 2018-09-19 | 2021-06-15 | Haven Tech Solutions Llc | Method and device for separating a lighter density fluid from a heavier density fluid. |
-
2017
- 2017-06-28 EP EP17821198.3A patent/EP3478857A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2017-06-28 CN CN201780050919.3A patent/CN110325652A/en active Pending
- 2017-06-28 WO PCT/US2017/039844 patent/WO2018005710A1/en unknown
- 2017-06-28 MX MX2018015889A patent/MX2018015889A/en unknown
-
2018
- 2018-12-21 US US16/229,741 patent/US10675623B2/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-06-03 US US16/891,575 patent/US20200346213A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2020-09-16 US US17/022,607 patent/US20200406257A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20100035349A1 (en) * | 2008-08-06 | 2010-02-11 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Biodetection Cassette with Automated Actuator |
US20110151577A1 (en) * | 2008-08-26 | 2011-06-23 | Jian-Ping Zhang | Disposable device for automated biological sample preparation |
US20120264114A1 (en) * | 2009-09-29 | 2012-10-18 | Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique | Disposable Device for the Detection of Particles of Interest, Such as Biological Entities, Detection System Comprising Said Device and Method for Using Same |
US20110312074A1 (en) * | 2010-06-17 | 2011-12-22 | Geneasys Pty Ltd | Microfluidic test module with sample receptacle |
US20120282681A1 (en) * | 2011-05-05 | 2012-11-08 | Teixeira Scott M | Rapid Identification of Organisms in Bodily Fluids |
US20150017641A1 (en) * | 2012-02-03 | 2015-01-15 | Timo Kalevi Korpela | Mechanical Washing and Measuring Device for Performing Analyses |
US20140271400A1 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2014-09-18 | Kasing Cheng | Test Strip Housing System |
Cited By (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11167285B2 (en) | 2014-12-31 | 2021-11-09 | Visby Medical, Inc. | Devices and methods for molecular diagnostic testing |
US11273443B2 (en) | 2014-12-31 | 2022-03-15 | Visby Medical, Inc. | Devices and methods for molecular diagnostic testing |
US11193119B2 (en) | 2016-05-11 | 2021-12-07 | Visby Medical, Inc. | Devices and methods for nucleic acid extraction |
US11162130B2 (en) | 2017-11-09 | 2021-11-02 | Visby Medical, Inc. | Portable molecular diagnostic device and methods for the detection of target viruses |
US11168354B2 (en) | 2017-11-09 | 2021-11-09 | Visby Medical, Inc. | Portable molecular diagnostic device and methods for the detection of target viruses |
US11568958B2 (en) | 2017-12-29 | 2023-01-31 | Clear Labs, Inc. | Automated priming and library loading device |
US11581065B2 (en) | 2017-12-29 | 2023-02-14 | Clear Labs, Inc. | Automated nucleic acid library preparation and sequencing device |
US11352675B2 (en) | 2020-01-03 | 2022-06-07 | Visby Medical, Inc. | Devices and methods for antibiotic susceptability testing |
US11952636B2 (en) | 2020-01-03 | 2024-04-09 | Visby Medical, Inc. | Devices and methods for antibiotic susceptibility testing |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US10675623B2 (en) | 2020-06-09 |
EP3478857A1 (en) | 2019-05-08 |
US20200406257A1 (en) | 2020-12-31 |
WO2018005710A1 (en) | 2018-01-04 |
US20190151844A1 (en) | 2019-05-23 |
CN110325652A (en) | 2019-10-11 |
MX2018015889A (en) | 2019-05-27 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10675623B2 (en) | Devices and methods for the detection of molecules using a flow cell | |
US11168354B2 (en) | Portable molecular diagnostic device and methods for the detection of target viruses | |
US11529633B2 (en) | Printed circuit board heater for an amplification module | |
US20200086324A1 (en) | Devices and methods for nucleic acid extraction | |
US20220186208A1 (en) | Devices and methods for nucleic acid extraction | |
US9222126B2 (en) | Methods for point-of-care detection of nucleic acid in a sample | |
US20220203365A1 (en) | Molecular diagnostic devices with digital detection capability and wireless connectivity | |
US20210291176A1 (en) | Rapid diagnostic test with blister pack | |
WO2021195150A1 (en) | Devices and methods for detection of target viruses | |
Futai et al. | A modular and reconfigurable open-channel gated device for the electrokinetic extraction of cell-free DNA assays | |
EP4065730A1 (en) | Systems and devices for sample preparation and analyte detection | |
US20220120743A1 (en) | Flow control lines for lateral flow assays |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: CLICK DIAGNOSTICS, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:ANDREYEV, BORIS;BRIONES, VICTOR;CAO, PHOEBE;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20170718 TO 20170814;REEL/FRAME:052874/0233 Owner name: CLICK DIAGNOSTICS, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:BHATIA, RAJINDER K.;REEL/FRAME:052873/0456 Effective date: 20170722 Owner name: VISBY MEDICAL, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:CLICK DIAGNOSTICS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:052874/0204 Effective date: 20190624 Owner name: CLICK DIAGNOSTICS, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:MORAVICK, KEITH E.;REEL/FRAME:052873/0450 Effective date: 20170718 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: APPLICATION DISPATCHED FROM PREEXAM, NOT YET DOCKETED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |